and with thy sheepe seuen dayes it shal be with the damme the eyght day thou shalt geue it me 30 Ye shal be an holy people vnto me neither shall ye eate any fleshe that is torne of beastes in the fielde but shall cast it to a dogge ¶ The .xxiij. Chapter 1 A lye 2 An vpright Iudge 3 and 6 A poore person 7 An innocent 8 Gyftes 9 A pilgrime 12 The sabboth of the seuenth day 15 The feast of the passeouer in Marche 16 The feast of the fiftith day of tabernacles in September 18 Blood 19 Fyrst fruites 20 The Angell leadyng the people of Israel 24 Straunge gods not to be prayed vnto 25 To serue God blessing infirmitie 26 The baren 29 Wherefore God dyd cast out the Chanaanites by litle and litle 1 THou shalt not haue to do with any false report neither shalt thou put thine hand with the wicked to be an vnrighteous witnesse 2 Thou shalt not folow a multitude to do euill neither shalt thou speake in a matter of iustice according to the greater number for to peruert iudgement 3 Neither shalt thou esteeme a poore man in his cause 4 If thou meete thyne enemies oxe or asse goyng astray thou shalt bryng them to him agayne 5 If thou see the asse of him that hateth thee sincke vnder his burthen thou shalt not passe by and let him alone but shalt helpe hym to lyft hym vp agayne 6 Thou shalt not hinder the right of thy poore in his suite 7 Kepe thee farre from a false matter and the innocent and righteous see thou slay not for I wyll not iustifie the wicked 8 Thou shalt take no gyftes for gyftes blinde the seyng and peruert the wordes of the righteous 9 Thou shalt not oppresse a straunger for ye know the heart of a straunger seyng ye were straungers in the lande of Egypt 10 Sixe yeres thou shalt sowe thy lande and gather in the fruites therof 11 And the seuenth yere thou shalt let it rest and lie styll that the poore of thy people may eate And what they leaue the beastes of the fielde shall eate In lyke maner thou shalt deale with thy vineyarde and thyne oliue tree 12 Sixe daies thou shalt do thy worke and in the seuenth day thou shalt rest that thyne oxe and thyne asse may rest and the sonne of thy mayde and the straunger may be refreshed 13 In all thinges that I haue saide vnto you be circumspect and make no rehearsall of the names of straunge gods neither let it be hearde out of thy mouth 14 Three feastes thou shalt holde vnto me in a yere 15 Thou shalt kepe the feast of vnleauened bread thou shalt eate vnleauened bread seuen daies long as I commaunded thee in the tyme appoynted of the moneth Abib for in that moneth ye came out of Egypt and see that no man appeare before me emptie 16 And the feast of haruest when thou reapest the first fruites of thy laboures whiche thou hast sowen in the fielde And the feast of in gathering whiche is in the end of the yere when thou hast gathered in thy labours out of the field 17 These three times in the yere shall all thy men chyldren appeare before the Lorde God 18 Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice vpon leauened bread neither shall the fat of my feast remayne vntyll the mornyng 19 The first of the first fruites of thy land thou shalt bryng into the house of the Lorde thy God thou shalt not seethe a kydde in his mothers mylke 20 Behold I sende an angell before thee to kepe thee in the way and to bryng thee into the place whiche I haue prepared 21 Beware of hym and heare his voyce and resist him not for he wyll not spare your misdeedes and my name is in him 22 But and if thou shalt in deede hearken vnto his voyce do al that I speake I wylbe an enemie vnto thyne enemies an aduersarie vnto thine aduersaries 23 For myne angell shall go before thee and bryng thee in vnto the Amorites and Hethites and Pharezites Chanaanites Heuites and Iebusites and I shall destroy them 24 Thou shalt not bowe downe to their gods neither serue thē neither do after y e workes of them but ouerthrowe thē and breake downe the images of them 25 And ye shall serue the Lord your God and he shall blesse thy bread and thy water and I wyll take all sicknesses away from the middest of thee 26 There shall no woman haue any vntymely byrth nor be vnfruitefull in thy lande the number of thy dayes I wyll fulfill 27 I will sende my feare before thee and wyll destroy all the people whyther thou shalt go I wyll make all thine enemies turne theyr backes vnto thee 28 And I wyll sende hornettes before thee which shall driue out the Heuites the Chanaanites and the Hethites before thee 29 Neuerthelesse I wyll not cast them out before thee in one yere lest the land growe to a wyldernesse and the beast of the fielde multiplie agaynst thee 30 By litle and litle I wyll dryue them out before thee vntyl thou be increased and inherite the lande 31 And I wyll make thy coastes from the red sea vnto the sea of the Philistines and from the desert vnto the riuer For I wyll deliuer the inhabitours of the lande into thyne hand and thou shalt driue them out before thee 32 Thou shalt make no couenaunt with them nor with theyr gods 33 Neither let them dwell in thy lande lest they make thee sinne against me for if thou serue their gods it wyll surely be thy decay ¶ The .xxiiii. Chapter 1 Moyses is commaunded to go vp vnto the mounte 4 Moyses wryteth the wordes of God into one volume and readeth them vnto the people 1 ANd he said vnto Moyses Come vp vnto the Lorde thou and Aaron Nadab and Abihu the threscore and ten elders of Israel and ye shall worship a farre of 2 And Moyses hym selfe alone shall go vnto the Lorde but they shall not come nygh neither shall the people go vp with hym 3 And Moyses came and tolde the people all the wordes of the Lorde and all the iudgementes And all the people aunswered with one voyce and sayde All the wordes whiche the Lorde hath sayde wyll we do 4 And Moyses wrote all the wordes of the Lord and rose vp early and set him an aulter vnder the hill and .xii. stones according to the .xii. tribes of Israel 5 And sent young men of the children of Israel whiche brought burnt offeringes and offered peace offeringes of oxen vnto the Lorde 6 And Moyses toke halfe of the blood and put it in basins and the other halfe he spinckled on the aulter 7 And he toke the booke of the couenaūt read it in the
the chyldren of Israel according to the worde of the Lorde saying The tribe of the sonnes of Ioseph haue sayd well 6 This therefore doth the Lorde commaunde the daughters of Zelaphead saying Let them be wyues to whom they them selues thinke best only to the familie of the tribe of their father shall they marry 7 So shall not the inheritaunce of the children of Israel remoue from tribe to tribe for euery one of the chyldren of Israel shall ioyne hym selfe to the inheritaunce of the tribe of his fathers 8 And euery daughter that possesseth any inheritaunce in any tribe of the chyldrē of Israel shal be wyfe vnto one of the kinred of the tribe of her father that the chyldren of Israel may enioy euery man the inheritaunce of his father 9 Neither ought the inheritaunce to go from one tribe to another but euery one of the tribes of the chyldren of Israel shal be ioyned to his owne inheritaunce 10 And as the Lord commaunded Moyses euen so dyd the daughters of Zelaphead 11 For Mahela Thirza Hagla Milcha and Noa the daughters of Zelaphead were maryed vnto their fathers brothers sonnes 12 They were wyues vnto the families of the sonnes of Manasse the sonne of Ioseph and so their inheritaunce remayned in the tribe of the kinred of their father 13 These are the cōmaundementes and lawes whiche the Lorde commaunded by the hande of Moyses vnto the chyldren of Israel in the fieldes of Moab by Iordane towarde Iericho ¶ The ende of the fourth booke of Moyses ⧠The fifth booke of Moyses called in the Hebrewe Elle haddebarim and in the Latin Deuteronomium The first Chapter 1 A briefe rehearsall of thinges done before from Horeb vnto Cades Barnea 32 Moyses reproueth the people for their incredulitie 44 The Israelites are ouercome by the Amorites because they fought agaynst the commaundement of the Lorde 1 THese be the wordes whiche Moyses spake vnto all Israel on the other side Iordan in the wyldernesse in y e playne ouer agaynst the red sea betweene Pharan Thophel Laban Hazeroth and Disahab 2 There are eleuen dayes iourney from Horeb by the way of mount Seir vnto Cades Barnea 3 And it came to passe in the first day of the eleuenth moneth in the fourtie yere that Moyses spake vnto the chyldren of Israel accordyng vnto all that the Lord had geuen hym in commaundement vnto them 4 After he had slayne Sehon the king of the Amorites whiche dwelt in Hesbon Og king of Basan whiche dwelt at Astaroth in Edrai 5 On the other side Iordane in the land of Moab began Moyses to declare this lawe saying 6 The Lorde our God spake vnto vs in Horeb saying Ye haue dwelt long inough in this mount 7 Turne you and take your iourney and go to the mount of the Amorites and vnto all the places nye therevnto both vnto the playne and hilles and dales to the south to the seas side to the lande of Chanaan and vnto Libanon euen vnto the great riuer the riuer Euphrates 8 Beholde I haue set the lande before you Go in and possesse the land which the Lord sware vnto your fathers Abraham Isahac and Iacob to geue vnto them to their seede after them 9 And I spake vnto you in the same time saying I am not able to beare you my selfe alone 10 For the Lorde your God hath multiplied you so that you be this day as the starres of heauen in number 11 The Lord God of your fathers make you a thousand times so many mo as ye are and blesse you as he hath promised you 12 Howe can I my selfe alone beare your cumbraunce your charge your stryfe that is among you 13 Bryng you men of wysdome and of vnderstanding and expert accordyng to your tribes and I wyll make them rulers ouer you 14 And ye aunswered me sayde That which y u hast spoken is good for vs to do 15 And so out of your tribes I toke the chiefe men of wysdome and that were expert and made them rulers ouer you captaynes ouer thousandes captaines ouer hundredes captaines ouer fiftie and captaines ouer ten and officers among your tribes 16 And I charged your Iudges that same tyme saying Heare the cause of your brethren and iudge righteously betweene euery man and his brother and the straunger that is with hym 17 Ye shall haue no respect of any person in iudgement but you shall heare the small aswell as the great You shall not feare the face of any man for the iudgement is Gods And the cause that is to harde for you referre it vnto me and I wyll heare it 18 And I cōmaunded you the same season all the thinges which ye should do 19 And when we departed from Horeb we went thorow all that great and terrible wyldernesse as ye haue seene by the way of the mountayne of the Amorites as the Lorde our God commaunded vs and we came to Cades Barnea 20 And I sayd vnto you Ye are come vnto y e mountaine of y e Amorites which the Lorde our God doth geue vnto vs. 21 Beholde the Lorde thy God hath set the lande before thee go vp and possesse it as the Lord God of thy fathers hath sayd vnto thee feare not neither be discouraged 22 And ye came vnto me euery one and sayde we wyll sende men before vs to searche vs out the land and to bryng vs worde agayne what way we must go vp by vnto what cities we shall come 23 And the saying pleased me well and I toke twelue men of you of euery tribe one 24 Whiche departed went vp into that mountayne and came vnto the valley Eschol and searched it out 25 And toke of the lande in their handes and brought it vnto vs and brought vs word agayne and sayd It is a good lande whiche the Lorde our God doth geue vs. 26 Notwithstandyng ye woulde not go vp but were disobedient vnto the word of the Lorde your God 27 And murmured in your tentes and said Because y e Lord hateth vs therfore hath he brought vs out of the lande of Egypt to deliuer vs into the hande of the Amorites and to destroy vs. 28 Whyther shal we go vp Our brethren haue discouraged our heart saying the people is greater and taller then we the cities are great and walled euen vp to heauen and moreouer we haue seene the sonnes of the Anakims there 29 Then I sayde vnto you Dreade not nor be afraide of them 30 The Lorde your God which goeth before you he shall fight for you accordyng to all that he dyd vnto you in Egypt before your eyes 31 And in the wyldernesse where thou hast seene howe that the Lord thy God bare thee euen as a man doth beare his sonne in al the way which ye haue gone by vntill ye came vnto this place
thing that is good 11 Come ye chyldren and hearken vnto me I will teache you the feare of God 12 What man is he that listeth to liue and woulde fayne see good dayes 13 Kepe thy tongue from euill and thy lippes that they speake no guyle 14 Eschewe euill do good seeke peace and ensue it 15 The eyes of God are ouer the righteous and his eares are open vnto their prayers 16 The countenaunce of God is against them that do euill to roote out the remembraunce of them from of the earth 17 The righteous crye and God heareth them and deliuereth them out of all their troubles 18 God is nye vnto them that are of a contrite heart and saueth such as be of an humble spirite 19 Great are the troubles of the righteous but God deliuereth him out of all 20 He kepeth all his bones so that no one of them is broken 21 Malice shal put the vngodly to death and they that hate the righteous shal be brought to naught 22 God redeemeth the soules of his seruauntes and al they that put their trust in him shall not be brought to naught The argument of the .xxxv. psalme ¶ Dauid desireth God to be his iudge and defence against his enemies who without all cause geuen of his part like cruell hypocrites parasites and flattering courtiers say and do all that they can for to put him to death He declareth his hope confidence and ioy that he hath in God of ayde defence and deliuerie for the whiche he promiseth to geue him thankes not only by him selfe but also by such other as haue any regarde of his righteousnesse and innocencie ¶ Of Dauid 1 PLeade thou my cause O God with them that striue with me and fight thou agaynst them that fight against me 2 Lay hand vppon a shielde buckler and stande vp to helpe me 3 Bryng foorth the speare and stop the way against them that persecute me say vnto my soule I am thy saluation 4 Let them be confounded and put to shame that seeke after my soule let them be turned backe and brought to cōfusion that imagine mischiefe for me 5 Let them be as dust before the winde and let the angell of God scatter them 6 Let their way be darke and slipperie let the angell of God persecute them 7 For without a cause they haue priuily layde for me a pit full of their nettes without a cause they haue made a digyng vnto my soule 8 Let a sodayne destruction come vpon hym vnawares and his net that he hath layde priuily catch hym selfe let him fall into it with his owne destruction 9 And my soule shal be ioyfull in God it shall reioyce in his saluation 10 All my bones shall say God who is lyke vnto thee whiche deliuerest the poore from hym that is to strong for him yea the poore and him that is in miserie from him that spoyleth him 11 False witnesse did rise vp they layde thinges to my charge that I know not 12 They rewarded me euill for good to the great discomfort of my soule 13 Neuerthelesse when they were sicke I did put on sackcloth I afflicted my soule with fasting and my prayer returned into myne owne bosome 14 I kept them company whersoeuer they went as though they had ben my frende or brother I went heauyly as one that mourned for his mother 15 But in mine aduersitie they reioysed and gathered them together yea the very abiectes came together against me yer I wyst they rented me a peeces and ceassed not 16 With hypocrites scoffers and parasites they gnashed vpon me with their teeth 17 Lorde howe long wylt thou looke vpon this O deliuer my soule from their raginges and my dearling from Lions whelpes 18 So I wyll confesse it vnto thee in a great congregation I will prayse thee among muche people 19 O let not my deceiptfull enemies triumph ouer me let them not winke with an eye that hate me without a cause 20 For they speake not peace but they imagine deceiptfull wordes agaynst them that liue quietly in the lande 21 They gaped vpon me with their mouthes and said this is well this is wel our eye hath seene 22 Thou hast seene this O God holde not thy tongue then go not farre from me O Lorde 23 Stirre thou and awake O my God and my Lorde to iudge my cause and controuersie 24 Iudge me according to thy righteousnesse O God my Lorde and let them not triumph ouer me 25 Let them not say in their heart it is as we woulde haue it neither let them say we haue deuoured hym 26 Let them be put to confusion shame all together that reioyce at my trouble let them be clothed with rebuke and dishonour that exalt them selues against me 27 Let them triumph with gladnesse and reioyce that be delighted with my righteousnesse let them say alwayes blessed be God whiche hath pleasure in the prosperitie of his seruaunt 28 And my tongue shal be talking of thy righteousnesse and of thy prayse all the day long The argument of the .xxxvj. psalme ¶ Dauid describeth the wickednesse and wretched ende of them that feare not God And also the great goodnes of God towardes all creatures He desireth his mercy and defence against the wicked ¶ To the chiefe musition seruaunt to the God of Dauid 1 THe wickednes of the vngodly speaketh in the middest of my heart that there is no feare of the Lorde before his eyes 2 For he flattereth him selfe in his owne sight so that his iniquitie is found worthy of hatred 3 The wordes of his mouth are vnrighteous and full of deceipt he hath left of to behaue him selfe wisely to do good 4 He imagineth mischiefe vpon his bed setteth him selfe in no good way neither doth he abhorre any thing y t is euil 5 Thy mercy O God reacheth vnto heauen and thy faythfulnes vnto the cloudes 6 Thy righteousnes is like the mountaynes of God thy iudgementes are a great deapth thou sauest both man and beast O God 7 How excellent is thy mercy O Lord therefore the chyldren of men shall put their trust vnder the shadowe of thy winges 8 They shal be satisfied with the plenteousnesse of thy house and thou shalt geue them drinke out of the riuer of thy delicates 9 For with thee is the fountaine of lyfe and in thy light shall we see light 10 O continue foorth thy louing kindnesse vnto them that knowe thee and thy righteousnes vnto them that are of an vpright heart 11 O let not the foote of pryde reache vnto me and let not the hande of the vngodly make me to moue out of my place 12 There be the workers of iniquitie fallen they are cast downe and shall not be able to rise vp ¶ The argument of the .xxxvij. psalme ¶ Dauid comforteth the godly that they be not offended
calamitie can hurt them God mightily preserueth them in all afflictions and temptations He promiseth those that knowe hym loue hym and honour hym in callyng vpon hym for helpe in their neede that they shal be hearde deliuered brought to honour they shall haue long lyfe in this worlde and after this lyfe they shal be saued both body and soule 1 WHosoeuer sitteth vnder the couer of the most highest he shal abide vnder the shadowe of the almightie 2 I wyll say vnto God thou art my hope and my fortresse my Lorde in whom I wyll trust 3 For he wyll delyuer thee from the snare of the hunter and from the noysome pestilence 4 He wyll couer thee vnder his wynges thou shalt be safe vnder his fethers his faythfulnesse shal be thy shielde and buckler 5 Thou shalt not be afrayde of any terrour of the nyght nor of any arrowe that fleeth by day 6 Nor of any pestilence that walketh in the darknesse nor of any deadly fyt that destroyeth at hygh noone 7 A thousande shall fall beside thee and ten thousande at thy ryght hande but it shall not come nygh thee 8 Thou only with thine eyes shalt beholde see the rewarde of the vngodly 9 For thou O God art my hope thou hast set thine habitation very hygh 10 There shall no euyll lyght on thee neither shall any plague come nye thy dwellyng 11 For he wyll geue his angels charge ouer thee to kepe thee in all thy wayes 12 They wyll beare thee in their handes that thou hurt not thy foote agaynst a stone 13 Thou shalt set thy foote vppon the Lion and Adder the young Lion and the Dragon thou shalt treade vnder thy feete 14 Because he hath set greatly his loue vpon me therfore wyll I deliuer hym I wyll set hym vp out of all daunger because he hath knowen my name 15 He shall call vpon me and I wyll heare hym yea I am with hym in trouble I wyll deliuer hym and bryng hym to honour 16 I wyll satisfie hym with a long lyfe and I wyll cause hym to see my saluation ¶ The argument of the .xcij. Psalme ¶ It seemeth that the prophete made this psalme to be song vnto the people vpon the Sabbath dayes for to stirre them vp the better to knowe God and to prayse God in his workes He commendeth the settyng foorth of Gods prayse in musicall instrumentes He reioyceth much and wondereth at Gods workes But the foole vnderstandeth not that the wicked be they neuer so fortunate shall come to a wretched ende for the wicked shal be destroyed and the godly shall prosper The greatest felicitie that the iust hath in this lyfe is to be planted in the house of God there continually for to prayse hym ¶ A Psalme the song for the sabbath day 1 IT is a good thyng to confesse vnto God and to syng psalmes vnto thy name O thou most hyghest 2 To set foorth in wordes thy louyng kyndnesse early in the mornyng and thy trueth in the nyght season 3 Vpon an instrument of ten strynges and vpon the Lute vpon the Harpe with a solemne sounde 4 For thou God hast made me glad thorowe thy workes I do reioyce in the workes of thy handes 5 O God howe glorious are thy workes thy thoughtes are very depe 6 An vnwise man doth not consider this and a foole doth not vnderstande it 7 Wheras the vngodly do bud vp greene as the grasse and wheras all workers of iniquitie do florishe that they notwithstandyng shal be destroyed for euer and euer 8 But thou O God art the most highest for euermore 9 For lo thine enemies O God lo thine enemies shall perishe all the workers of wickednesse shal be destroyed 10 But my horne shal be exalted lyke the horne of an vnicorne for I am annoynted with excellent oyle 11 And myne eye shall see those that lye in wayte for me myne eare shall heare the malitious persons that rise vp agaynst me 12 The ryghteous shall florishe lyke a paulme tree and shall spread abroade like a Cedar in Libanus 13 Such as be planted in the house of God shall florishe in the courtes of our Lorde 14 They shall styll bryng foorth fruite in their age they shal be fat and florishyng 15 For to set foorth in wordes that God is vpright he is my rocke and no iniquitie is in hym ⧠The argument of the .xciii. psalme ¶ The prophete prayseth the mightinesse of the maiestie of God which is declared from the beginning of the world partly by the wonderful continuaunce of creatures made in it and partly by testifiyng his wyll cōmaundementes and holynesse to his people 1 GOd raigneth he is clothed with a glorious maiestie God is clothed with strength he hath girded hym selfe he hath made the worlde so sure that it can not be moued 2 Euer since the worlde began thy throne hath ben set sure thou art from euerlastyng 3 The fluddes are risen O God the fluddes haue lyft vp their noyse the fluddes haue lyft vp their waues 4 God which is on high is more puissaūt then the noyse of many waters then the mightie waues of the sea 5 Thy testimonies are most certayne holynesse is an ornament to thine house O God in all tymes ¶ The argument of the .xciiii. Psalme ¶ The prophete calleth vpon God earnestly for to take avengeaunce of the wicked who do afflict the innocent without cause He complayneth of their outragiousnesse and tiranny He reproueth them of foolishnesse in that they thynke and say that God seeth them not for God knoweth their wickednesse and seeth their priuie thoughtes And in punishyng them he shall cause the good to lyue vprightly who fyndeth no ayde against the wicked but only God For God fauoureth no iniquitie it is he that wyll destroy all them that oppresse the innocent 1 O God the Lord of all auengeaunce the Lorde of all auengeaunce shewe thy glorious maiestie 2 Be exalted O thou iudge of the world and rewarde the proude after their deseruyng 3 O God howe long shall the vngodly howe long shall the vngodly triumph 4 All such as be workers of iniquitie they babble they prate stoutly they make boastes of them selues 5 They oppresse thy people O God and they afflict thine heritage 6 They murther the wyddowe and the straunger put the fatherlesse to death 7 And they say tushe the Lorde seeth it not neither doth the God of Iacob vnderstande it 8 Vnderstande ye vnwyse among the people O ye fooles when wyll ye be well aduised 9 He that hath planted the eare shall he not heare yf he shapeth the eye shall he not see 10 He that chasteneth the heathen shall not he punishe it is he that teacheth man knowledge 11 God knoweth the thoughtes of man that they are but vanitie 12 Blessed is the man O Lorde whom thou wylt chasten and whom thou wylt instruct in thy lawe 13 That thou mayest geue hym patience in
are not comely 14 I wyll therefore that the yonger women do marrie to beare chyldren to guyde the house to geue none occasion to y e aduersarie to speake slaunderously 15 For certaine of them are alredy turned backe after Satan 16 Yf any man or woman that beleueth haue wydowes let them susteine them let not the Churches be charged that there maye be sufficient for them that are wydowes in deede 17 The elders that rule well are worthy of double honour most speciallye they which labour in the worde teachyng 18 For the scripture sayth Thou shalt not moosel the oxe that treadeth out the corne And the labourer is worthy of his rewarde 19 Agaynst an elder receaue none accusation but vnder two or three witnesses 20 Them that sinne rebuke before all that other also may feare 21 I testifie before God and the Lorde Iesus Christe and the elect angels that thou obserue these thinges without hastynesse of iudgement and do nothyng after parcialitie 22 Lay handes sodenly on no man neither be partaker of other mens sinnes Kepe thy selfe chaste 23 Drinke no longer water but vse a litle wine for thy stomackes sake thine often diseases 24 Some mens sinnes are open beforehande hastyng before vnto iudgement and in some they folowe after 25 Lykewise also good workes are manifest before hande and they that are otherwyse can not be hyd ¶ The .vj. Chapter 1 The duetie of seruauntes towarde their maisters 3 Agaynst such as are not satisfied with the worde of God 6 Of true godlynesse and contentation of mynde 9 Agaynst couetousnesse 11 A charge geuen to Timothie 1 LEt as many seruauntes as are vnder the yoke count their maisters worthy of all honour that the name of god and his doctrine be not blasphemed 2 And they whiche haue beleuyng maisters despise them not because they are brethren but rather do seruice forasmuch as they are beleuyng and beloued and partakers of the benefite These thynges teache and exhort 3 Yf any man teache otherwyse and consenteth not vnto the wholsome wordes of our Lorde Iesus Christe and to the doctrine whiche is accordyng to godlynesse 4 He is puft vp knowyng nothing but dotyng about questions and strifes of wordes wherof commeth enuie stryfe raylynges euyll surmysynges 5 Vayne disputations of men of corrupte myndes destitute of the trueth thynkyng lucre to be godlynesse From suche be thou separate 6 Godlynesse is great lucre if a man be content with that he hath 7 For we brought nothyng into the worlde and it is certayne that we may carry nought away 8 But hauyng foode and rayment we must therwith be content 9 For they that wyll be riche fall into temptations and snares and into many folishe noysome lustes which drowne men in perdition and destruction 10 For loue of money is the roote of all euyll whiche whyle some lusted after they erred from the fayth pearced thē selues through with many sorowes 11 But thou O man of God flee these thynges and folow after righteousnes godlynes faith loue pacience mekenes 12 Fight the good fight of faith lay hand on eternall lyfe wherevnto thou art also called and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses 13 I geue thee charge in the sight of God who quickeneth all thynges and before Iesus Christe which vnder Pontius Pilate witnessed a good profession 14 That thou kepe the commaundement without spot vnrebukeable vntyll the appearyng of our Lorde Iesus Christ 15 Which in his tymes he shall shewe that is blessed and prince only the kyng of kynges and Lorde of Lordes 16 Who only hath immortalitie dwelling in the light that no man can attayne vnto * Whom no man hath seene neither can see vnto whom be honour power euerlastyng Amen 17 Charge them which are riche in this world that they be not hie minded nor trust in vncertayne riches but in y e lyuyng God which geueth vs aboundauntly all thinges to enioy 18 That they do good that they be riche in good workes that they be redye to geue glad to distribute 19 Laying vp in store for them selues a good foundation agaynst the tyme to come that they may lay holde on eternall lyfe 20 O Timotheus saue that which is geuen thee to kepe auoydyng prophane and vayne bablynges and oppositions of science falslie so called 21 Which some professyng haue erred concernyng the fayth Grace be with thee Amen ¶ Sent from Laodicea which is the chiefest citie of Phrygia Pacaciana The seconde Epistle of the Apostle Saint Paul to Timothie ¶ The first Chapter ¶ 6 Paul exhorteth Timotheus to stedfastnesse and patience in persecution and to continue in the doctrine that he had taught hym 12 wherof his bondes afflictions were a gage 16 A commendation of Onesiphorus 1 PAul an Apostle of Iesus Christe by the wyll of God according to the promise of lyfe which is in Christ Iesus 2 To Timothie a beloued sonne Grace mercy and peace from God the father and Christe Iesus our Lorde 3 I thanke God whom I worshippe from my forefathers in pure conscience that without ceassyng I haue remembraūce of thee in my prayers night day 4 Desiryng to see thee myndefull of thy teares that I may be fylled with ioy 5 When I call to remembraunce the vnfaigned fayth that is in thee whiche dwelt first in thy graundmother Lois and in thy mother Eunica and I am assured that it dwelleth in thee also 6 Wherfore I put thee in remēbraunce that thou stirre vp the gyft of God which is in thee * by the puttyng on of my handes 7 * For God hath not geuen to vs the spirite of feare but of power and of loue and of a sounde mynde 8 Be not thou therfore ashamed of the testimonie of our Lorde neither of me his prisoner but suffer thou aduersitie with the Gospell accordyng to the power of God 9 Who hath saued vs called vs with an holy callyng not accordyng to our workes but accordyng to his owne purpose and grace which was geuen vs in Christe Iesus before the world began 10 But is nowe made manifest by the appearyng of our sauiour Iesus Christ who hath put away death and hath brought life and immortalitie vnto light through the Gospell 11 Wherunto I am appoynted a preacher and Apostle and a teacher of the gentiles 12 For the which cause I also suffer these thynges Neuerthelesse I am not ashamed For I knowe whom I haue beleued and I am perswaded that he is able to kepe that which I haue committed to hym agaynst that day 13 See thou haue the paterne of wholesome wordes which thou hast hearde of me in fayth loue that is in Christe Iesus 14 That good thyng which was committed to thy keping holde fast through the holy ghost which dwelleth in vs. 15 This
stedfastnesse 18 But growe in grace and in the knowledge of our Lorde and sauiour Iesus Christe to whom be glorie both nowe and for euer Amen The first Epistle of Saint John the Apostle The first Chapter 2 True witnesse of the euerlastyng worde of God 7 The blood of Christe is the purgation of sinne 10 No man is without sinne 1 THat whiche was frō the beginning whiche we haue heard which we haue seene with our eyes whiche we haue loked vpō our handes haue handeled of the worde of lyfe 2 And the lyfe appeared and we haue seene and beare witnesse and shewe vnto you that eternall lyfe which was with the father and appeared vnto vs. 3 That which we haue seene and heard declare we vnto you that ye also maye haue felowship with vs and that our felowship may be with the father and his sonne Iesus Christe 4 And this write we vnto you that your ioy may be full 5 And this is the tydynges whiche we haue hearde of hym declare vnto you that God is lyght in hym is no darkenesse at all 6 If we saye that we haue felowship with hym and walke in darkenesse we lye and do not the trueth 7 But and yf we walke in light euen as he is in lyght then haue we felowship one with another and the blood of Iesus Christ his sonne clenseth vs from all sinne 8 If we say that we haue no sinne we deceaue our selues and the trueth is not in vs. 9 If we knowledge our sinnes he is faythfull iust to forgeue vs our sinnes and to clense vs from all vnryghteousnesse 10 If we say we haue not sinned we make hym a lyer and his worde is not in vs. ¶ The .ij. Chapter 1 Christe is our aduocate 10 Of true loue and howe it is tryed 18 To beware of antichriste 1 MY litle chyldren these thynges write I vnto you that ye sinne not And yf any man sinne we haue an aduocate with the father Iesus Christe the ryghteous 2 And he is y e attonement for our sinnes not for our sinnes only but also for the sinnes of all the worlde 3 ☞ And hereby we are sure that we knowe hym yf we kepe his cōmaundementes 4 He that sayth I knowe hym and kepeth not his commaundementes is a lyer and the veritie is not in hym 5 But who so kepeth his worde in him is the loue of God perfect in deede Hereby knowe we that we are in hym 6 He that sayth he bydeth in him ought to walke euen as he walked ☜ 7 Brethren I write no newe cōmaundement vnto you but that olde cōmaundement which ye haue had from the begynnyng The olde commaundement is the worde which ye haue hearde frō the begynnyng 8 Agayne a newe commaundement I write vnto you that is true in hym and the same is true also in you For the darkenesse is past and the true lyght nowe shyneth ☜ 9 He that sayth howe that he is in the lyght and yet hateth his brother is in darkenesse euen vntyll this tyme. 10 He that loueth his brother abydeth in the lyght and there is none occasion of euyll in hym 11 He that hateth his brother is in darknesse and walketh in darkenesse can not tell whyther he goeth because that darkenesse hath blynded his eyes 12 Babes I write vnto you because your sinnes are forgeuen you for his names sake 13 I write vnto you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is from the begynnyng I write vnto you young men because you haue ouercome the wicked 14 I write to you little chyldren because ye haue knowē the father I haue written to you fathers because ye haue knowen hym that is from the begynnyng I haue written vnto you young men because ye are stronge and the worde of God abydeth in you and ye haue ouercome the wicked 15 See that ye loue not the worlde neither the thynges that are in the worlde If any man loue the worlde the loue of the father is not in hym 16 For all that is in the worlde as the lust of the fleshe and the lust of the eyes and the pride of life is not of the father but of the worlde 17 And the worlde passeth away and the luste thereof but he that fulfylleth the wyll of God abydeth for euer 18 Litle chyldren it is the last time and as ye haue hearde howe that antichrist shall come euen nowe are there many antichristes whereby we knowe that it is the last tyme. 19 They went out from vs but they were not of vs For yf they had ben of vs they woulde no doubt haue continued with vs But that it myght appeare that they were not of vs. 20 Neuerthelesse ye haue an oyntment of hym that is holy and ye knowe all thynges 21 I haue not written vnto you as though ye knewe not the trueth but because ye knowe it and that no lye is of the trueth 22 Who is a lyer but he that denieth that Iesus is Christe The same is antichrist that denyeth the father and the sonne 23 Whosoeuer denyeth the sonne the same hath not the father But he that knowledgeth the sonne hath the father also 24 Let therfore abyde in you that same whiche ye hearde from the begynnyng If that whiche ye hearde from the begynnyng shall remayne in you ye also shall continue in the sonne and in the father 25 And this is the promise that he hath promised vs euen eternall lyfe 26 These thynges haue I written vnto you concerning them that deceaue you 27 And the annoyntyng whiche ye haue receaued of hym dwelleth in you And ye nede not that any man teach you but as the same annoynting teacheth you of all thynges and it is true and not lying and as it taught you ye shall abyde in it 28 And nowe babes abide in him that when he shal appeare we may be bolde and not be made ashamed of hym at his commyng 29 If ye knowe that he is ryghteous knowe also that euery one whiche doth righteousnes is borne of hym ¶ The .iij Chapter 1 The singuler loue of God towarde vs 7 and howe we agayne ought to loue one another 1 BEholde what loue the father hath shewed on vs that we shoulde be called the sonnes of god For this cause the worlde knoweth you not because it knoweth not hym 2 Dearely beloued nowe are we the sonnes of God and yet it doth not appeare what we shal be But we knowe that when he shall appeare we shal be lyke hym for we shall see hym as he is 3 And euery man that hath this hope in hym purgeth hym selfe euen as he also is pure 4 Whosoeuer committeth sinne transgresseth also the lawe for sinne is the transgression of the lawe 5 And ye know that he appeared to take away our sinnes in hym is no sinne 6 As many as byde in hym sinne not whosoeuer
thou sawest vpon the beast are they that shall hate the whore and shall make her desolate and naked and shall eate her fleshe and burne her with fire 17 For God hath put in their heartes to fulfyll his wyll and to do with one consent for to geue their kyngdome vnto the beast vntyll the wordes of God be fulfylled 18 And the woman which thou sawest is that great citie which raigneth ouer the kynges of the earth ⧠The .xviij. Chapter â— The louers of the worlde are sory for the fall of the whore of Babylon 4 An admonition to the people of God to flee out of her dominioÌ„ 20 But they that be of God haue cause to reioyce for her destruction 1 AND after that I sawe another angell come from heauen â–ª hauyng great power and the earth was lyghtened with his glorie 2 And â—e tryed myghtyly with a strong voyce saying Great Babylon is fallenâ—s fallen and is become the habitation of deuyls and the holde of all foule spirites and a cage of â—ll vncleane and hatefull byrdes 3 For all nations haue dronken of the wine of the wrath of her fornication the kinges of the earth haue committed fornication with her the marchauntes of the earth are waxed riche of the aboundaunce of her pleasures 4 And I hearde another voyce from heauen say Come awaye from her my people that ye be not partakers of her sinnes and that ye receaue not of her plagues 5 For her sinnes are gone vp to heauen and God hath remembred her wickednesse 6 Rewarde her euen as she rewarded you and geue her double accordyng to her workes and powre in double to her in the same cuppe which she fylled vnto you 7 And as much as she glorified her selfe lyued wantonly so much powre ye in for her of punishement sorowe for she said in her heart I sit being a queene and am no wydowe and shall see no sorowe 8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day death and sorowe and hunger and she shal be brent with fire for strong is the Lorde whiche shall iudge her 9 And they shal bewayl her the kinges of the earth shall lament for her which haue committed fornication with her haue lyued wantonly with her when they shal see the smoke of her burnyng 10 And shall stande a farre of for feare of her punishment saying Alas alas that great citie Babylon that myghtie citie for at one houre is thy iudgement come 11 And the marchauntes of the earth shall wepe and wayle ouer her for no man wyll bye their ware any more 12 The ware of golde and siluer and precious stones neither of pearle raynes and purple and sylke and skarlet and all thinne wood and all maner vessels of yuorie and all maner vessels of most precious wood and of brasse and yron and marble 13 And synamon and odours and oyntmentes and frankensence and wine and oyle and fine floure and wheate beastes and sheepe and horses charrets and bodies and soules of men 14 And the apples that thy soule lusted after are departed from thee and all thynges which were daintie and had in price are departed from thee and thou shalt fynde them no more 15 The marchauntes of these thynges whiche were waxed ryche shall stande a farre of froÌ„ her for feare of the punishment of her wepyng and waylyng 16 And saying Alas alas that great citie that was clothed in raynes and purple and skarlet and decked with golde and precious stones and pearles 17 For at one houre so great ryches is come to naught And euery shippe gouernour all they that occupie shippes and shippemen which worke in the sea stoode a farre of 18 And cryed when they sawe the smoke of her burnyng saying what citie is lyke vnto this great citie 19 And they cast dust on their heades cryed wepyng waylyng and saying Alas alas that great citie wherein were made riche all that had shippes in the sea by reason of her costlynesse for at one houre is she made desolate 20 Reioyce ouer her thou heauen and ye holy apostles and prophetes for God hath geuen your iudgement on her 21 And a myghtie angell toke vp a stone lyke a great mylstone and cast it into the sea saying With suche violence shall that great citie Babylon be cast shal be founde no more 22 And the voyce of harpers and musitions of pypers and trumpetters shall be heard no more in thee and no craftes man of whatsoeuer craft he be shall be founde any more in thee and the sounde of a myll shall be heard no more in thee 23 And the lyght of a candle shall shyne no more in thee and the voyce of the brydegrome and of the bryde shall be hearde no more in thee for thy marchaunts were the great men of y e earth and with thyne inchauntment were deceaued all nations 24 And in her was founde the blood of the prophetes and of the saintes and of all that were slayne vpon the earth ¶ The .xix. Chapter 1 Prayses are geuen vnto God for iudgyng the whore and for auengyng the blood of his seruauntes 10 The angell wyll not be worshipped 17 The fowles byrdes are called to the slaughter 1 ANd after that I heard a great voyce of much people in heauen saying Alleluia Saluation and glory and honour and power be ascribed to the Lorde our God 2 For true and ryghteous are his iudgementes for he hath iudged the great whore which dyd corrupt y e earth with her fornication and hath auenged the blood of his seruauntes of her hande 3 And agayne they sayde Alleluia and her smoke rose vp for euermore 4 And the xxiiij elders the foure beastes fell downe worshipped God that sate on the throne saying Amen Alleluia 5 And a voyce came out of the throne saying Praise our Lord God all ye that are his seruauntes ye that feare hym both small and great 6 And I hearde the voyce of much people euen as the voyce of many waters and as the voyce of strong thundringes saying Alleluia for the Lorde our God omnipotent raigneth 7 Let vs be glad reioyce geue honor to hym for the mariage of the lambe is come his wyfe made her selfe redy 8 And to her was graunted that she should be arayed with pure and goodly raynes For the raynes is the ryghteousnes of saintes 9 And he sayde vnto me write Happy are they which are called vnto the supper of the lambes mariage And he said vnto me These are the true sayinges of God 10 And I fell at his feete to worship him And he saide vnto me See thou do it not for I am thy felowe seruaunt and of thy brethren euen of them that haue the testimonie of Iesus Worship God For the testimonie of Iesus is the spirite of prophesie 11 And I sawe heauen open beholde a white horse and he that
punyshmeÌ„t according to his worde i. Cor. xi a. (c) FroÌ„ doubtyng the deuyll bryngeth to denying (d) Sathan tempteth the woman also with ambitioÌ„ (e) The acte of sinne foloweth the miscrediting of gods worde Eccle. xxv i. Tim. ii d. () The corruption of all the nature of man by sinne (f) Such are the clokes we make to couer our synne (g) The corrupcion of mans nature after synne here appeareth (h) Adam playeth the hypocrite (i) Adam burdeneth God and the woman with his fault “ Or howe (k) In the minister is y e author of this mischiefe punyshed (l) The continuall fyght of the chyldreÌ„ of God Christe (m) Victorie is promysed by Christe to mans comfort () The calamities miseries whiche continually foloweth mankynde for synne i. Cor. xiiii f (n) He shulde haue ben his wyfes schoolmaister and preferred gods voyce before his wyues (o) It is not the age of the earth but the increase of synne that maketh the earth more barayne (p) Adam setteth foorth the benefite of lyfe which he receaued at Gods hands (q) It was gods gift that Adam thus prouided for hym selfe (r) God wold haue man and his posteritie to remember the cause of their miserie (Å¿) You may supplie the sentence with these wordes let vs caste him foorth (t) Adam can neuer in this lyfe obteyne y e felicitie which he loste by sinne (a) Heua thanketh god for the blessyng of chyldren “ he a man God (b) Though Adam was Lorde of all the earth yet he brought vp his chyldren not idelly (c) These chyldren were taught to worship God of their father d The faith of Habel made his oblatioÌ„ acceptable Hebr xi a. (e) The goodnesse of God towarde the godly greueth the wicked “ Or Shall ther not be an acceptation (f) That is God wyll accept thy sacrifice also if thei be offred faithfully (g) Cain had no â—e cause of enuie seing his auctoritie ouer Habel remayned sure vnto hym (h) Hypocrites disseÌ„blingly speke fayre VVisd x. Math. xxiii i. Para. iii. Iudges xi (i) With impietie mischiefe is foolyshnesse ioyned (k) God hath great care for his holy saintes (l) The very earth abhorreth sheddyng of blood (m) A fearefull conscience fyndeth reste no where “ Or My punyshement is greater theÌ„ that I may beare (n) See the degrees by the whiche Cain fel into desperation (o) A great punyshment not to be vnder the tuition of God (p) God wold haue Cain remayne for an example of his vengeaunce vpon murtherers (q) The excomunication or banishment of Cain (r) Temporall gyfts whiche God bestowed vpoÌ„ Cain and his posteritie (Å¿) For whatsoeuer cause this was don it was against the institution of matrimonie (t) Lamech a tyrant regardeth no mans councell but thynketh that he maye more safely persecut the iust men then Cain (v) By the chief part the whole seruice of God is signified whiche the godly began nowe to restore The preseruation of the Churche (a) The rehearsall of his succession or posteritie (b) Man a lyuely image of Gods wisdome iustice (c) The husbande and the wyfe as one man (e) Moyses speaketh not of Cain and such for that they wer not of the church neither came Christe of their line i. Chro. i a. (f) Adam lyued vnto Nohas fathers dayes (g) Thus the rewarde of sin is death thorowout all ages (h) Many holy patriarkes lyued in the church at one tyme. (i) They be only rehearsed by name who were as lyghtes in the Churche (k) He lyued vntyl the .84 yere of Noahs lyfe Eccle. 44. c. Hebr. xi a. (l) He directed his lyfe not after the maners of the world then but accordyng to gods word (m) Why god toke awaye this Godly preacher from the world see wisd the .4 chapter (n) As he was a singuler patrone of godly lyfe so was he an ensample of immortall lyfe resurrection (o) He lyued 6 yeres before the floud as S. Augustine reckeneth (p) Lamech prophesieth of the relief whiche the godly loked for in those miserable tymes (q) All the holy patriarkes rehearsed before dyed in this mans dayes (a) This corruption began long before Noahs tyme. (b) The sonnes of y e godly ioyned them selues with y e daughters of the wicked without all feare of God (c) God had gone about diuers ways to call the world to repentance but mans obstinacie was such as wold not obey but waxed beastly () Tyme of repentaunce grauÌ„ted to the wicked world (d) Tirannie and oppressioÌ„ an other cause of the floud (e) God saw not only y e out warde deedes of meÌ„ naught but their heartes set vpon wickednesse altogether so that ther was no hope they would amend Gen. viii d. Mat xv b. (f) Our sinne the punyshment thereof greeueth God (g) Moyses writeth of god to our vnderstandyng (h) That is God fauoured him and was merciful vnto hym (i) In those most corrupt tymes Noah continued iust and vpright (k) To the eyes of the worlde the wycked seemed as pure as Noah (l) Because all the inhabitaunce had corrupted both religion life (m) God by his threatninges sturreth Noah to greater care and feare (n) Gopher a very lyght kinde of wood (o) The length of the windowe was a cubite (p) It sâ—emed to the worlde then â— thing vnpossible () The vse of the arke (q) That Noah should â—e safe though all the worlde perishe (r) Gods promyse made Noah more redy to do gods commaundement (Å¿) Not one payre alone as appeareth in the next Chapter (t) God could haue fed al miraculouslye but he woulde haue meanes vsed (u) The true and ful obedience of Noah (a) Temporall benefites God bestoweth vpon the chyldren for the fathers godlines sake â— Pet. ii a. (b) Not seueÌ„ payre but three and one for sacrifice (c) God wold not haue Noah to be in doubt of any circumstaunce Mat. 24. d. Luk. xvii f. i. Pet. iii. d. (d) Noah obeyed not in one thing but in all that god commaunded (e) Age dyd not make Noah the slower to obey Gods wyll (f) As to Adam so nowe to Noah god caused all cattell to come (g) In the latter ende of Aprill when all thynges were moste pleasaunt theÌ„ this destruction came (h) God in his punyshment geueth place of repentaunce (i) This is oft tyme repeted for that it seemeth vncredible to the sense of man (k) The hand of God stayed the waters out of the arke (l) Moyses fyrst declareth how the godlye is saued then the destruction of the wycked (m) Thâ— were other particuler fluddes but this was vniuersall VVisd x. a. Eccle. xl (n) The greeuous punyshment of God for sinne (o) That is all that liued (p) Of fishe there is no mention made by Moyses (q) Thus was he rewarded y t rather folowed God then the multitude of wycked i. Peter iii. (a) God sheweth him selfe mindful by declaryng his helpe (b) God createth the wyndes and bringeth them out of his
â–ª then by the Israelites Bethel (m) Iacob doth not condition with God but vpon occasion of Gods promises which he loked for wherefore w t admiration he brusteth out to the promise of his thankesgeuyng (a) Iacob was .77 yeres olde when he toke this iourney on hym “ Lyft vp his feete “ Children (b) The grauncers were called father to all the posteritie for that they kept their chyldren maried in their houses “ Peace to hym “ Great day (c) A godly man regardeth y e harmes of other men though not knowen (d) The frugall bryngyng vp of chyldren in auncient tyme. (e) The Hebrues call all kinsemen brebrethren (f) That is vpon what causes he came alone and so bare from his countrey (g) Iacob woulde not through idlenesse charge his vncle (h) As an hypocrite he hath respect to his owne gayne in the mariage or this sellyng of his daughter (i) The fathers aucthoritie in marâ—age of his chyldren “ May go in vnto her (k) The bryde was brought to her chaumber couered so Labans deceipt was not easely espied (l) Hypocrites haue alwayes some forged excuse of wicked custome (m) Nowe appeareth his wicked couetousnes for the which he peruerted all the lawes of mariage (n) This fact of Iacob is not to be folowed of vs beyng against Gods ordinaunce “ Or Hated “ Opened her wombe “ Reuben That is see the chylde (o) By her thankes geuyng it appeareth that she prayed to God in her trouble “ Shimon That is hearyng (p) By the names of her chyldren she confesseth theÌ„ to be the singuler gyft of God “ Iehuda That is prayse The fatherly chastement of Iacob is set out here in the great vnquietnes trouble of his household (a) This was Godlye anger which preferred the honour of god to his wyfe whoÌ„ he sharplye admonisheth “ Be built by her (b) The vanitie of a womans witte who seketh vnlawefull meanes to her enuious purpose “ That is iudgement “ or earnest (c) She vaunteth her selfe in Gods benefites to the contempt of her sister “ Nephtah That is my wrastelyng (d) She had tasted of gods blessing before therfore she should not haue vsed this euyll shift “ Or A company commeth meanyng of chyldren “ That is a company “ Or women “ That is happy (c) What kynd of fruite this was it is not certayne it is commended for his sweete smell Cant. vii (f) Olde malice nowe in a small matter breaketh out to the disturbance of all the householde (g) She boasteth of her fault and maketh that a cause which was none indede “ Ishshashcar That is a rewarde “ Zebulon That is abidyng ☞ (h) Faythfull prayer obtayneth at the length her request “ opened her wombe “ That is addyng (i) Nowe his xiiii yeres seruice was expired (k) He had done his seruice vpon and of a good conscience (l) This hypocrite speaketh of God yet he worshippeth false gods and continueth in his wickednesse (o) The couetous hath no respect of y e hinderaunce of his seruauÌ„t but of his owne gayne (p) That is whatsoeuer cattell afterwarde shal be spotted shal be my rewarde “ To morowe (q) It is not lawefull by fraude to seke recompence of iniurie therfore Moyses sheweth afterwarde that God thus instructed Iacob Gen. 31. b (r) He dyd dryue his own lambes before Labans sheepe so that they alwayes sawe before them such as were of diuers coloures (Å¿) By Gods singuler prouision and accordyng to his promise (a) The enuious children of couetous Laban thinke the wealth of another their vtter vndoing “ As yesterday and yer yesterday (b) Though he was in great feare and doubt yet he durst not returne without gods commaundement (c) A certaine number is set for an vncertayne oftentymes (d) He would shewe what iust causes he had to depart from their father and how their brethren wrongfullye accused hym “ It signifieth the hee goate also as vnder sheepe are contayned the goates (e) Gods eye obserueth what the wicked doth to the Godlye (f) For the fruite of Iacobs labour came to Labans vse (g) The voyce of faithfull wyues and subiectes “ Padan Aram. (h) The godlye hauyng Gods worde may vse iuste occasion also in their doynges (i) Images made in the likenesse of men which he had in reuerence as his housholde Gods (k) They would reueÌ„ge y e iniurie done to their false religion for their Gods were stolne (l) Thus god refrayneth the cruell purposes of tirantes agaynst his Churche “ From good to bad “ And hast stollen me (m) A dissemblyng hypocrite when he can do no harme yet he wyll burthen the Godly in wordes (n) The wicked bragge of their power as Pilate did “ By manhood (o) He worshipped these images in the honour of his Gods or had them before hym where he dyd worship (p) Iacob coulde not wel abyde the desirous of images (q) It was not godlynes but superstition that moued Rachel to this theft (r) The blynde furie that is in the worshippers of images (Å¿) So this superstition remayned in Iacobs hâ—use tyll after the destruction of Sichem (t) This was gods benefite yet bestowed vpon Laban for Iacobs sake so Iacob counteth it his (u) God woulde not haue the seruaunt defrauded of his iust rewarde (v) Beyng gyltie in his conscience of his euyll entreatyng of Iacob he wil subtely prouide for himselfe (x) These be Syriake wordes and signifie the heape of witnesse whiche thing also this worde Galeed meaneth “ Galed “ Mitspah That is a lokyng glasse (y) He nowe condempneth the sinne of Polygamie whereof he was afore the aucthour (z) This was a wicked fact to wyne his false gods with the true God and to iudge the false to be the elder God (aa) Iacob woulde not sweare so corruptly as Laban woulde haue had him (bb) The superstitious kepe the outward maners of the godly (a) God wold certaynely perswade hym of his protectioÌ„ in the feare he was in of Esau (b) That is two armies or campes “ Or region (c) By grauntyng to Esau this temporall dominion he looseth not his spirituall benediction (d) Thus his faith ouercame his feare thus prayer is the Godly mans refuge in trouble “ I am lesse (e) All Gods benefites come of mere beneuolence and fauour (f) A prouerbiall speache meaning to leaue nothing vnkilled (g) Though he was certaynely perswaded of Gods helpe yet he vseth suche meanes as he coulde and committeth the successe to God †His face (h) Al geuing and receauing of presentes are not euyll “ My face Num. xxi Deut. ii (i) He sought a solitarie place for prayer where god declared vnto hym that manye troubles remayned yet he shuld ouercome all (l) We ought to desire gods blessyng howe greeuous soeuer gods presence hath ben to vs. “ That is one that wrasteleth with God (m) He besireth more perfect knowlege of this wrastler for he knewe hym to be god which is
prouideÌ„ce of God (m) For God otherwayes then they hoped professed hym selfe to be their deliuerer (n) This was trueth though God declared not to the tirant farther of his councell “ Or But by a strong hande (o) God can turne y e hartes of the moste cruel enimies “ Vessels (p) This was no sinne in them which had a speciall commaundement thereof by God who hath the orderyng of all mens goodes (a) Though Moâ—ses conâ—ed not Gods â—lling yet 〈◊〉 thereof troubled him much “ Or sâ—beardes staffe (b) Hereby he was assured that he should be fearful to others though he was but contemptible in the world (c) Auctoritie geueÌ„ to Moyses to worke the like signes (d) God sheweth howe he wyll restore Moyses and the people to their olde dignitie (e) They myght learne that it was in Gods hand to turne all the commodities of the Egyptians to their owne destruction (f) God choseth instrumentes of his glorie otherwyse then man (g) God wyll graunt sufficient meanes to y e ende which he commaundeth (h) God woulde haue his voyce obeyed “ Of Leui. “ Or he shal be the interpretour and thou shalt be his guyde (i) Two vertues in a gouernour wisdome and eloquence “ Seeke thy soule (k) Which he caryed not to rule his shepe but to other vses nowe appoynted by God (l) Moyses shoulde not geue ouer though Pharao yelded not at the begynnyng (m) God can not beare to be depriued of his worshippe for mans sake as Moyses dyd in not circumcising his chylde (n) That is the Lord that woulde haue kylled hym (o) God hereby commendeth the ministerie of man (p) It was such a beliefe as tribulation afterwarde consumed awaye “ VVorshippe God solemely (a) This superstitious tiranne wyll not be accounted to worship false Gods “ Or VVe worship the God of the Hebrues (b) He that dyd let them from the true worshippe of God shoulde much more be punished (c) The godly ought not to be offended yf afflictions encrease when god beginneth to deliuer theÌ„ (d) The true worshippe of God is called of the wicked vanitie (e) This intollerable laboure was layde on the people that they myght dryue awaye Moyses and Aaron (f) In this tiranne there is neither mercie nor humanitie “ Or They deale euill with thy people (g) Idlenesse is layde to their charge that are oppressed with labour They misiâ—dgâ—ng gods 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 sucâ— become vnthâ—nkefull to men and iniurious to God “ â—ncke (i) Moyses in the 〈◊〉 appeareth in y t he is weary of his vocation and comâ—neth of Gods slowenesse in delyueryng his people Moyses â—ste is gently blamed (b) By this name of his substaunce God declareth that he is the perfourmer of his promise and so wylbe (c) The greater knowledge lyght this people had the redier shoulde they haue obeyed (d) As the couenauÌ„t was of Gods free grace so also was this redemption (e) The ende of their deliueraunce was in the continuaunce of Gods grace (f) That they myght knowe howe his power ouercommeth all letteâ—s and â—ppes g It is daungerous in affliction not to heare Gods promises “ Or which haue an impediment in my speache or rude (h) It appeareth that this redemption came altogether of Gods mercie seyng that Moyses was vnwyllyng the people carelesse “ Or He should let go ☜ (i) Ruben Simeon beyng elder then Leui are rehearsed that hereby he might speake of Leui more commodiously (k) It was necessarie to be knowen y t the minister of this redemption was of Abrahams stocke (l) Moyses glorieth not in his kinrede who was borne of vnlawfull maryage (m) Aarons wyfe was of the tribe of Iuda (n) It was gods singuler worke that they shoulde leade out such great armies “ Or carie “ Myght let go (o) God not only in the desert of Madian but also in Egypt spake to Moyses ☞ (a) God communicateth his auctoritie and power with his ministers (b) God was no cause of Pharaos sinne though he executed this iust iugdement vpon hym (c) True obedience to do only y t which God willeth to be done (d) The prayse was Gods who by fearefull olde men wrought so meruelously (e) The deuyl to robbe God of his glorie geueth his seruauÌ„tes goodly titles “ Made heauie or burthened (f) The wicked that are not moued with Gods threates are inexcusable “ Or Stinâ— (g) The corruption of the most necessary meane of lyfe shoulde haue taught them to obey God (h) The waters wherein the Israelites chyldren were drowned are nowe turned to the Egyptians sorowe The firste plague They shoulde 〈◊〉 knowen gâ—ds hande in that thyng wherin lay their wealth and safetie (k) The faithfull ouercame this temptation through gods worde confirmed by a heauenly vision (l) Gods workes are not lyghtly to be considered (m) These circumstauÌ„ces declare that this was no vayne illusion (a) An ignominius punishment vppon the contemners of God (b) God can arme his creatures at his wyll agaynst the wicked The second plague (c) Thus God wyll exercise his seruauntes with aduersaries to their triall (d) Hypocrites feared with Gods iudgement pretend a certayde repentaunce (e) He is wylled to forsake his arrogancie and reioyce in the mercie of god which he shuld attayne by the prayer of gods seruauntes (f) He meaneth not the differyng of Moyses prayer but to haue respite that nyght for the peoples deliuerie (g) The wicked are deliuered from temporall punishment by the prayer of the faythfull “ Stanke (h) God most easilye ouerthroweth the strength of man The thirde plague (i) The smallest beastes haue strength inough to hurt beyng armed by God “ wrought (k) Satans ministers shal be confounded when God hath proued the fayth of his seruauntes (l) They woulde not seeme ouercome of any man therfore they confesse Gods power agaynst themselues (m) God woulde haue al this matter done publikly “ Swarmes of flees “ Or Separate (n) Benefites and plagues are in Gods onlye hande wherein the false Gods can do nothyng “ Redemption (o) God graunteth a tyme of repentaunce (p) This miracle was wrought without the meanes of the rodde The fourth plague (q) This compelled obedience robbeth god of a great part of his honour who should not in one part of the Realme but in the whole haue ben truely worshipped (r) The true worshippyng of God ought not to be made a laughyng stocke to the gentiles (Å¿) Gods wyll in his worshippyng is onely to be folowed (t) The wicked in their necessitie pretende great religion (v) Moyses constantly rebukâ—th the kyng of his lyes (x) Moyses by Gods speciall motion promised the kynges the relaxation of his punishment (y) For all Gods punishmentes he yet remayned rebellious agaynst God (a) The morren of cattell commeth of the iust iudgement of God and not of other causes (b) He was abstinate in his malice y t no tyme could bryng to repentaunce (c) This speache signifieth a very great number or the moste part The fifth plague (d) Seyng Pharao
saith not this as hauing no hope of immorâ—â—â—itie but as â—he â—ore tormented 〈…〉 thâ—â— for thou art mercifull Or thâ— shalt loue g That is 〈…〉 “ Or facâ— a Wordes 〈◊〉 no effect spoken are likened to the 〈◊〉 winde wâ—â—ch dryeth vp the moâ—sture assoone as it falleth So fooliâ—◠〈…〉 (b) 〈…〉 As one standing in thyne owne conceite e So râ—â—de aunswering him at thy pleasure the â—eâ—rue is aunswering him in thy 〈◊〉 Eliphas endeuoureth to proue Iob wicked by the aucthoritie of the auncient fathers because he is plagued as wicked men are wont Here he repeateth certaine places of the leuiticall lawe for his proofe which indeede the fathers so spake but did not vnderstand them as Eliphas did (h) He shal be alwayes in feares day night not knowyng any thing certain (i) That is out of the troubles and feares which fall vpon him (k) The day of plagues feares extreme That is aboundance of riches hath made him so proude that he forgetteth God That is he shall haue no certaine sure place to dwell in n Meaning though God permit him for a time to prosper yet it shall not continue but his prosperitie shall soone turne to miserie (o) That is such blessing as God gaue him shal be turned into cursing (p) That is his progenie or ofspring shall not continue (a) For they more bite him with cruell wordes then comfort him Or words of winde Would ye suffred that which I suffer (c) For God wyll haue his pleasure ouer me (d) my householde childreÌ„ and substauÌ„ce (e) Not by reasoÌ„ of yeres but by reason of my greefe shewing his extreme paines (f) That is dispitefully handeled me which striking on the cheeke signifieth g To 〈◊〉 him not to destroy 〈◊〉 His â—â—gues mâ—â—fflictions wherewith he 〈◊〉 me 〈…〉 That is with 〈…〉 No place to 〈…〉 be knowen to all men I take God to record that I am innocâ—t though man blame me (a) In all Iobs extreme afflictions yet this one made the rest most greuous that they that should cherefully comfort him did cruelly vexe him and mocke him Or mockers (b) That is make promise with me O God that I may talke with thee for I wyll not reason with them for they are â—ooles That they can not vnderstand the cause of my punishment but iudge me wicked not knowing thy wysdome whereby thou doest afflict thy children d Though the godly see them selues afflicted oâ— God as the wicked are yet they dispaire not knowing that the iust also are punished for proofe of theÌ„ Or come now (e) That is the thoughtes of my heart haue brought me sorowes in steede of ioy Though my former estate returne wherewith you perswade me yet wyll it not continue for death sone commeth and dispatcheth me Seing I am but corruption â—herein â—â—account 〈…〉 (b) That is shall God chaunge the accustomed order of his operation for thee and not afflict the wicked as his order is His wysdome shall perishe and froÌ„ this place vnto the ende of the chapter Bildad goeth abouâ— to â—roue Iob wicked because God plâ—geth him â—s 〈◊〉 doth 〈…〉 (d) That is he shall not attaine to that which he desireth for al his power and might shal be taken away vp hunger (e) Meaning the vngodlie shal be the destruction of the strength of his own skin that is of his children and posteritie Meaning that he and his posteritie shal be subiect to most greeuous diseases That is a cruell disease some take it for death that commeth before his time and some for the first pagnes of death that come (g) That is to a thing most terrible and full of feares h The wicked shall not onely be destroyed in body goodes but their name and 〈◊〉 and pregâ—â—ne shal vtterly perishe for euer (i) From prosperitie to aduersitie “ Or sonne nor nephew k That is at his fall “ Or elders auncientes (a) That is more then neede For the number of them is the number of consummation or finishing As though he would say what haue you to do with that the fault is myne and not yours (c) That is I cannot goe from thâ—se my afflictions (d) That is of my riches and substance (e) That is destroyed my children for the croune of the aged are childers children as it is in the prouerbes “ Or vndone That is his great plagues layed on me “ Or they that dwelt with me 〈…〉 I sinne as an â—poâ—rite speâ—ly you that shoâ—ld be my â—â—nsolation To testifie that he hath not blasphemed God as they report Here is an euident confessing of Iobs faith with the assured hope of resurrection That is the iudgement of God the reuenger of 〈…〉 though 〈…〉 be reuenged of the 〈◊〉 (a) Because Iob brâ—gged of his innocencie as ther thought Sophar interrupted his 〈◊〉 as though he boâ—ed in vaine 〈◊〉 that God eâ—cepteth none but the repentaunt sinner For two causes Sophar spake one because Iob in aunswering toucheth him and for that he denied his knowledge sufficient to aunswere againe Sophar euen to the ende of this chapter allegeth true sentences but he erreth in that he thought Iob for impiâ—tie and hypocrisie to be plaged d That is sodenlye Or see â–ª (e) Meaning 〈…〉 youth Or dust f g The blessing of the wicked is turned into curâ—â—s wherâ—â— that which â—o others â—s sweete 〈◊〉 to theâ— it 〈◊〉 poâ—son (h) He shall receaue cursâ—ng And here yll gotten goodes are likenâ—d to the serpentes 〈◊〉 for Sopha◠〈◊〉 thought Iobs goodes to be such That is â–ª He shall want gods blessing so that when all men haue aboundance he shall 〈◊〉 k 〈…〉 â—poyled and rauened l Thâ—t is his heyres and executers shall gape in vaine That is 〈…〉 â–ª and â—ere Sop◠〈◊〉 â—ob for 〈◊〉 friendes and children were 〈…〉 There is nothing hiâ— that shall not be opened and the earth shall eyther be vnfruiteful or bring forth thinges hurt full to the wicked (a) As though he should say any 〈◊〉 before God whom I 〈…〉 and not before you That is keepe silence (c) Iob proueth against Sophar that the wicked are in prosperitie not meaning to contemne the senteÌ„ces before which are true but Sophars misconstruning of them is opened “ Or seede Not being plaged 〈◊〉 long â—kenes The◠〈◊〉 this not 〈◊〉 tâ—nâ—ue but by the wickednesse and impietie of their 〈…〉 (f) That is their great â—elicitie and wealth (g) For the wicked dye vnwares and neuer endure the course of their dayes to the ende (h) Meaning the wicked where Iob saith that it is not for man to reason with God why he doth thus plague the iust and prospereth the vniust for who can teache God wysdome (i) And this he meaneth by the godly (k) Now ye thinke me wicked because I am plaged (l) Thus they cal Iobs house by scorning and mocking at it 〈…〉 iudge by the wicked 〈◊〉 prosperitie what shall become of them (n) That is he shall be content with a
and of the Romanes as God doth mightyly so doth he iustly (i) That is he shall bring to light that which lay in darkenesse (k) That is in the sight of all men (l) Through their cruell and vnmercifull handling of them (m) Elihu doth not wishe to Iob any euill but desireth God that he may acknowledge â–ª his offence which can not be brought to passe but by affliction Or vnto the ende (a) Iob holding his â—peâ—ce Elihu went on in his talke (b) To such as are lyke to thee in obstenacie not leauing thy great errour (c) If the cloudes are higher then thou how much more is God excelling thee in all (d) It doth nothing aduauntage God whether we be good or euill for he nedeth not mans helpe he is most mightie his maiestie is most glorious e As though he would say â–ª if we do good it is our owne if we do eâ—ill it is ours also (f) Iob saide before that God seemed not to haue care of mortal thinges by proofe because that the wicked are in prosperitie and the godly are afflicted But Elihu â—efelleth that saying the cause of their plague is for that they call not to God nor pray nor trust in him Or songes (g) That is God heareth them not because they pray not hartyly to him in faith (h) For if God should plague Iob according to his desert he were not able to speakeâ— but because God is to fauourable Iob speaketh so vnwysely (a) And therfore credit my sayinges for I come to pleade for gods cause (b) And therfore he wyll not destroy the iust the wyse and the godly seeing they are there in lyke vnto him (c) So God doth exalt the godly they that loue him (d) If he shal plague the righteous he wyll declare the cause of the same (e) Hypocrites that confesse God in their mouthes and not in their heartes wyll not acknowledge their offence and so runne into deliveration and confusion Or youthfulnes “ Or oâ—en their eare (f) Thou hast aâ—owed the counsaâ—le of the wicked and sayd aside the counsaile of God as vniust (g) Meaning thou shalt be in paines which can not be releassed for any price (h) That is do not wickedly wayting a time to do euill as the robbers in the night or muse not when thou art solitarie in the night why some people do perishe and some do not for therein thou offendest because it be longeth to the secrecie of gods maiestie (i) What law maker then is more iust then he for he gaue the holy and immaculate law who durst then to call him vniust (k) For he is God from euerlasting without beginning or ending (l) Gods maiestie is wonderfulâ—ie declared in his creatures That is 〈◊〉 Gods wonderfull creatures â–ª as the thunder and such lyke As though he would say the thunder is the dreadfull voyce of God (c) Which workes are as it were a confirmation of gods maiestie for assoone as the thunder commeth they 〈◊〉 for feare wherein they sâ—ewe their owne weakenes and do witnesse a maiestie of God on hye Not onely man â–ª but beastes also are witnesses of gods power and maiestie â–ª wheÌ„ they runne to their dennes for feâ—â—e of the thunder e Meaning the windes which are called the breath of God which as they blow whet or colde so they fâ—â—le or thâ—â—we the waters making them lesser and greater (f) That is to gather vâ—pours froÌ„ the earth and to powre them bowne at gods pleasure to the watâ—â—ng of the same g That is he scattereth the cloudes abroade with me lightnings that are meâ—â—red in them (h) Gods creatures are al at his booke to do his pleasure either to plague any â—ande of his or to do good vnto any T◠〈…〉 â—ning (k) For the clearenes or brightnes 〈◊〉 them l That 〈◊〉 of 〈…〉 〈◊〉 â—â—ing to 〈…〉 a To shewe his maiestie and to enstruct Iob before whom he spake b That speaketh s◠〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 surely c That is 〈…〉 (d) 〈…〉 by this that if he could not conceaue gods wonderfull workes much lesse his vnsearchable wysdome (e) That is compassed the earth with his bondes (f) Meaning the handes of God which holde vp as a pyller the heauens and the earth that it falleth not That is 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 or the 〈…〉 (h) That is who aâ—ter the creation shut vp the feas within their limits â—s with doores â–ª (i) As though the hâ—ge seâ—s were but a weake childe in gods hand to rule at hâ—s pleasure “ Or winges (k) Though the vngodly trust in their estate to endure long yet they shal be as weake as clay and as a garment shall soone perishe “ Or the high arme (l) A iudge ought to be skilfull in the cause that he iudgeth but seeing thou knowest none of these thinges that are visible why wylt thou presume to iudge of thinges inuisible “ Or bottome (m) No man 〈◊〉 go in the 〈◊〉 where 〈◊〉 â—â—owe is gendred 〈…〉 lesse may Iob clyme vp to heauen to know gods secretes (n) Meaning God is the creator and maker of all thinges “ Or stost of the heauen “ Or Some reade hard (o) The influence “ Or bottels (p) For so groweth the earth by the want of rayne (q) After he had shewed his marueâ—les aboue he commeth to the earthly creatures as though God would say the thinges on the cloudes are vnknowâ— to thee yea euen thinges on earth thou durst not do how much lesse then durst thou to reache to gods secret wysdome a He châ—â—teâ—â— reciteth these beastes for they bring foorth their younglinges with greatest â—â—ine (b) Some reâ—de â–ª salâ— places meaning barraine grounde c For the wâ—lde asâ—e is of all beastes most vnâ—ameable If thou canst not rule the vnicorne canst thou know gods secretes â–ª or appoynt him to do thy wil Or seede 〈…〉 when the hath 〈…〉 her egges hydeth them in the 〈…〉 the â—â—eatâ— oâ— the sâ—nne the young are brought forth but â—he 〈…〉 the egges â—s carelesse forgetting thâ— place where she 〈…〉 and 〈◊〉 her labour is 〈◊〉 To be 〈…〉 her 〈◊〉 Elias in 〈◊〉 creatures â–ª the glory of gods maieâ—â—â— is declared Or ha ha (h) That is free into the regions that are wâ—â—t when colde commeth Here Iob confesseth his offence and durst not speake for when God doth reprehend who can aunswere Meaning that for a man to accompt hâ—m selfe iust is to accuse God for vniust Or arme (c) Which no man is able to do for these thinges are onely pertayning to God That is cause them to dye if it lye in the power (e) Which God can onely dâ— and therefore trusting 〈◊〉 thyne owne strength â–ª thou â—omparest with God (f) The Hebrâ—es â—ay 〈◊〉 â—hemoth sign fâ—eth an â—â—â—hant so 〈◊〉 â—or his â—â—genesse by the which â—ay be vnâ—â—â— the 〈◊〉 (g) Meaning he is inuisible amongst men yet God can bruse him (h) Leuiathan is a whale â–ª “ Or angle (i) For it is daungerous to trust Satan in
corner or corner stone because the Iewes and the Gentiles are ioyned together and builded vpon hym by fayth and made one Churche (b) Neither Saint nor Angel nor workes nor ought els can saue but Christ alone Iohn xi f. Actes v. g. Psal ii a Actes xvi f. Actes ii a. and .xix. b. Actes ii g. and .v. b. Actes i. d. Math. xvi d iii Reg. vi a. Iohn x. e. Actes iii. b. (a) God at the first publishyng of his Gospell wrought wonders by these thynges that seemed trifles to the worlde which thyngs as they were done for a time so nowe the lyke must not be loked for Actes iiii a. Actes xii a and .xvi. f. Actes iiii d. (b) By this speache they meane y t they would charge them as gâ—â—ty of Christes blood that was shed Math. 27. â— Actes iiii d. Act. xxii â— Luk. xiâ—â— Act. iiii d. Math. v. b. i. Tim. iii. c. Apoca. ii b. Nu. xxvii d i. Tim. iiii d ii Tim. i. b. (a) Or â—ledge 〈◊〉 in y e citie 〈…〉 were erect many honor scooles wherein the youth of the Iewes and straungers were instructed as nowe adayes are vsed in our vniuersities (b) The wicked setteth foorth false witnesses when they by reasâ—nyng caÌ„not preuayle agaynst the trueth And thus malice seketh false Christes when the trueth fayleth her Gen. xii d. Gene. xii b. Gene. xv c. Exod. xii f. (a) This is not to be vnderstand that they should be euyl intreated y e whole foure hundred yere but by excesse of speach called hyperbole is signified y t they should be euyl intreated within y e space of foure hundred yeres Ge. xxxvii f Sapi. x. c. Gen. xi c. Gen. xl g. Gene. xlv a. Gene. xlvi a Gen. xlix d Gen. xxiii d (b) Here appeareth an errour For AbrahaÌ„ seemeth to be put in yeâ—â—rt in y e stede of Iacob For Iacob bought the sepulchre of Emor and not Abraham who boughte before a fielde of Ephron Gene. xix b Exod. ii c. Math. xxi c Actes iii. b. Exod. ii c. Exod. iii. a. () Moyses Exod. iii. d. Mat. xxii c Mark xii c. Luke xx c. Iosue â— d. Exod. ii â— Deu xviii c Actes iii. d. Exod. xix Gâ—â—â— iii c. Exod. 32 a. Rom. i. c. Amos. v. d. Iere. vii c (c) God toke their offerynges to be abhominable vtterly none at all partlye for that they offred with a dissemblynge heart and a wicked lyfe and partlye because they mingled together the seruice deuysed by man with y e true seruice of God Exo. xxv d Actes viii Iosue iii. a. Psalm 89. c 3. Reg vi â— Act. xvii f. (d) Here is reproued the grosse dulnes of the people who vaynely fantasied that Gods power was conteyned within the temple â–ª which is the place of my rest not the house built with mennes handes but an humble a quiet spirite whiche trembleth at my holye worde Deut. ix d. Iohn vii b. Actes xv b. Iohn vii b. Actes xv b. Psa 3. Reg. xxi d Psalm 31. a. (e) He prayed for himselfe standyng but prayinge for his enemies he kneeled downe meanyng therby first that their great iniquitie required a greater a more feruent prayer secondly he declareth his myghtie charitie praying so earnestly for his enemies Act. xxii d. Math. x. c. Actes xi g. Actes ix a. i Cor. xv b. Galath i. c. Math. xvi d (a) 〈…〉 ghost sufficientlye tâ—â—ching their saluatation but for further coÌ„firmation of Christes reâ—gion nowe newely seâ—te foorth the manifest and â—â—wont 〈◊〉 of the holye ghost appeared among the Christians by laying on of y e handes of the apostles Math. x b (b) Thou art fulfylled with melancoly and enuie Thou woldest haue doynges with the hyghest other wise thou canst not be quiet (c) Through the desire of money and colourable couetousnes Take heede ye symoniaks that onlye for lyuyng enter into the unmisierie 3 Reg. 〈…〉 Iohn xii c. Acteâ— x g. (a) Saul breathed and blusâ—red with rage and crueltie agaynst Christes Church whiche declareth wherevnto man is led by his rash zeale â–ª before he hath the true knowledge of God Act. xxi b. 〈…〉 Actes ii f. (b) 〈…〉 though 〈◊〉 for â—tible fleshe was amased 〈◊〉 heauenlye thynges and 〈…〉 written in the .xxij. Chapter For they hearde a voyce 〈…〉 Act. xxi g. Act. viii a. i. Cor. vv b. Galath i. c. Act. xxi c. ii Cor. xi c f Act. xxii c. Act. xxi c. ii Cor. xi c f Act. xxii c. i. Cor. xii a. i. Reg. xix f Actes xxi â— Math. ix b. Mark ii b. Luk. v. c. Iohn v. b. Actes iii. b. (c) Tabitha is called Dorcas Dorcas signifieth a roâ— Buck a beast of sharp syght Such an one was Tabitha to this effect that she being on earth farre from heauen dyd beholde heauenly thinges drewe neare vnto heauen with godly workes 3. Reg. xvi d 4. Reg. iiii f Luk. vii c. (a) The 〈…〉 but 〈◊〉 faith 〈…〉 not 〈…〉 9 therâ— as Bedetâ— noteth 〈◊〉 fayth whereby 〈…〉 and almes pleased GOD. For saith he he came not to â—rth through workes but to workes thorough fayth 〈…〉 4 〈…〉 f (b) This visioÌ„ doth teach manyfold misteries First y t the restraint of meates made vnto the Iewes â—s taken awaye byndeth not y e Christians For nowe to the cleane all meates are 〈◊〉 Secondly the graces and gyftes of God 〈…〉 to 〈…〉 who before this 〈…〉 is open to all that is inclosed in the sheete which is the 〈…〉 of God Gen. xix a. Actes xi b. (c) Cornelius dyd reuerence Peter more then he ought to haue done supposyng him eyther to be a God eyther to be endued with such power vertue for the which he shoulde be honoured as God Deut. viii a. ii Par. xix c Rom. ii b. Ephe. vi b. Math. iiii b. Esai lxi a. Luk. iiii c. Luk. xxiii d Iohn xxii b Math. 28. d â–ª Esaias liii d. Actes ii a. Actes viii f. Deut. vii a. Actes x. b. Leuit. xi a. Deut. xiiii â— (a) What meates soeuer y e Iews vsed contrary to y e lawe of Gods lawe they called it commâ—â— or vncleane Actes x. d. Actes ii a. Iohn i. d. Actes i. a. (b) To be baptized with y e holy ghost is to receaue the visible graces and gyftes of the holy ghost Actes viii a. Actes xiii â— (c) Not for that they were the first Christians but for that y e people both of the Iewes and Gentiles grewe into one body and were more bolde freely to confesse the fayth of Christe (d) By these wordes saint Luke doth signifie that the spirite of God was the aucthour of this prophesie that therby we myght vnderstande y e knowledge not to be gathered either of the course of the starres or any other natural causes ☞ Math. iiii e. Actes v. d. Actes v. d. Actes i. b. (a) For theâ— did knowe by Gods worde that Angels were appoynted to defende the faythfull also in those dayes they were accustomed to see such
the lawe of God both day and night remember that he calleth him blessed whiche walketh in the way of the Lorde whiche wyll searche diligently his testimonies and wyll in their whole heart seeke the same Let not the couert suspitious insinuations of the aduersaries driue thee from the searche of the holy scripture either for the obscuritie whiche they say is in them or for the inscrutable hidden misteries they talke to be comprised in them or for the straungnes and homlynes of the phrases they woulde charge Gods booke with Christe exhorteth thee therefore the rather for the difficultie of the same to searche them diligently Saint Paul wylleth thee to haue thy senses exercised in them and not to be a chylde in thy senses but in malice Though many thinges may be difficult to thee to vnderstande impute it rather to thy dull hearing and reading then to thinke that the scriptures be insuperable to them which with diligent searching labour to discerne the euill from the good Only searche with an humble spirite aske in continuall prayer seeke with puritie of life knocke with perpetuall perseueraunce and crye to that good spirite of Christe the comforter and surely to euery suche asker it wyll be geuen such searchers must nedes finde to them it wylbe opened Christe him selfe wyll open the sense of the scriptures not to the proude or to the wyse of the worlde but to the lowly and contrite in heart for he hath the kay of Dauid who openeth and no man shutteth who shutteth and no man openeth For as this spirite is a bening and liberall spirite and wyll be easyly founde of them whiche wyll early in carefulnesse ryse to seeke hym and as he promiseth he wyll be the comforter from aboue to teache vs and to leade vs into all the wayes of trueth if that in humilitie we bowe vnto hym deniyng our owne naturall senses our carnall wittes and reasons so is he the spirite of puritie and cleannes and will receede from him whose conscience is subiect to filthynesse of lyfe Into suche a soule this heauenly wysdome wyll not enter for all peruerse cogitations wyll separate vs from God and then howe busyly soeuer we searche this holy table of the scripture yet wyll it then be a table to suche to their owne snare a trap a stumbling stocke and a recompence to them selfe VVe ought therefore to searche to finde out the trueth not to oppresse it we ought to seeke Christe not as Herode did vnder the pretence of worshipping hym to destroy hym or as the Pharisees searched the scriptures to disproue Christe and to discredite him and not to folowe him but to embrace the saluation whiche we may learne by them Nor yet is it inough so to acknowledge the scriptures as some of the Iewes dyd of the holyest of them who vsed suche diligence that they could number precisely not only euery verse but euery word and sillable how oft euery letter of the alphabete was repeated in the whole scriptures they had some of them suche reuerence to that booke that they woulde not suffer in a great heape of bookes any other to lay ouer them they woulde not suffer that booke to fall to the grounde as nye as they coulde they woulde costly bynde the bookes of holy scriptures and cause them to be exquisitely and ornately written VVhiche deuotion yet though it was not to be discommended yet was it not for that intent why Christe cōmended the scriptures nor they therof alowed before God For they did not call vpon God in a true fayth they were not charitable to their neighbours but in the middes of all this deuotion they did steale they were adulterers they were slaunderers and backbiters euen muche like many of our christian men and women nowe a dayes who glory much that they reade the scriptures that they searche them and loue them that they frequent the publique sermons in an outwarde shewe of all honestie and perfection yea they can pike out of the scriptures vertuous sentenses and godly preceptes to lay before other men And though these maner of men do not muche erre for such searching and studiyng yet they see not the scope and the principall state of the scriptures which is as Christe declareth it to finde Christe as their sauiour to cleaue to his saluation and merites to be brought to the lowe repentaunce of their liues and to amende them selfe to rayse vp their fayth to our sauiout Christe so to thinke of him as the scriptures do testifie of hym These be the principall causes why Christe did sende the Iewes to searche the scriptures for to this ende were they wrytten saith Saint Iohn Hec scripta sunt vt credatis vt credentes vitam habeatis eternam These were written to this intent that ye shoulde beleue and that through your beliefe ye shoulde haue euerlasting life And here good reader great cause we haue to extoll the wonderous wisdome of God and with great thankes to prayse his prouidence considering howe he hath preserued and renued from age to age by speciall miracle the incomparable treasure of his Churche For first he did inspire Moyses as Iohn Chrisostome doth testifie to wryte the stonie tables and kept him in the mountayne fourtie dayes to geue him his lawe after him he sent the prophetes but they suffred many thousande aduersities for battayles did folowe all were slayne all were destroyed bookes were brent vp He then inspired agayne another man to repayre these miraculous scriptures Esdras I meane who of their leauinges set them agayne together after that he prouided that the seuentie interpreters shoulde take them in hande at the last came Christe him selfe the Apostles did receaue them and spread them throughout all nations Christe wrought his miracles and wonders and what folowed after these great volumes the Apostles also did wryte as Saint Paul doth say These be wrytten to the instruction of vs that be come into the ende of the worlde and Christe doth say Ye therefore erre because ye knowe not the scriptures nor the power of God and Paul dyd say Let the worde of Christe be plentifull among you and agayne saith Dauid Oh howe sweete be thy wordes to my throte he saide not to my hearing but to my throte aboue the hony or the hony combe to my mouth Yea Moyses saith Thou shalt meditate in them euermore when thou risest when thou sittest downe when thou goest to sleepe continue in them he saith and a thousande places more And yet after so many testimonies thus spoken there be some persons that do not yet so much as knowe what the scriptures be wherevpon nothing is in good state amongest vs nothing worthyly is done amongest vs In this whiche pertayne to this lyfe we make very great haste but of spirituall goodes we haue no regarde Thus farre Iohn Chrisost It must nedes signifie some great thing to our vnderstanding that almightie God
offeringes and sacrifices to offer to God And Aaron and all the elders of Israel came to eate bread with Moyses father in lawe before God 13 And on the morowe Moyses sate to iudge the people and the people stoode about Moyses from morning vnto euē 14 And when Moyses father in lawe sawe all that he dyd vnto the people he sayd what is this that thou doest vnto the people Why sittest thou thy selfe alone and all the people stande about thee from morning vnto euen 15 And Moyses sayde to his father in lawe because the people come vnto me to seeke counsayle of God 16 When they haue a matter they come vnto me and I iudge betweene euery man his neyghbour shew them the ordinaunces of God and his lawes 17 And Moyses father in lawe sayde vnto hym It is not well that thou doest 18 Thou both weryest thy selfe and this people that is with thee For this thing is of more wayght then thou art able to perfourme thy selfe alone 19 Heare therfore nowe my voyce and I wyll geue thee councell and God shal be with thee Be thou vnto the people to Godwarde that thou mayest bring the causes vnto God 20 And thou shalt teache them ordinaunces and lawes and shew them the way wherein they must walke the worke that they must do 21 Moreouer thou shalt seeke out among all the people men of actiuitie and such as feare God true men hating couetousnes and place of these ouer the people rulers of thousandes rulers of hundrethes rulers of fiftithes and rulers of tennes 22 And let them iudge the people at all seasons and euery great matter that commeth let them bryng vnto thee but let them iudge all small causes them selues and so shall it be easier for thy selfe and they shall beare a burthen with thee 23 If thou shalt do this thing and God charge thee withall thou shalt be able to endure and yet the people shall come to their place in peace 24 And so Moyses obeyed the voyce of his father in lawe and dyd all that he had sayde 25 And Moyses chose actiue men out of all Israel and made them as heades ouer the people namely rulers of thousandes rulers of hundrethes rulers of fiftithes and rulers of tennes 26 And they iudged the people at all seasons but brought the harde causes vnto Moyses and iudged all small matters them selues 27 And Moyses let his father in lawe depart and he went into his owne lande ¶ The .xix. Chapter 1 They come to mount Sinai 5 The people of Israel the people of God 6 A priestly kingdome an holy nation 7 Moyses declareth the worde of God 9 God woulde that credite should be geuen to Moyses wordes 10 The people is commaunded to be sanctified 12 He that toucheth the mountayne is stoned 14 The people is sanctified 16 God appeareth in thunder and lightning to be feared of the people 22 The priestes are sanctified 24 The people and priestes may not touche the hyll 1 IN the thirde moneth when the chyldren of Israel were gone out of the lande of Egypt the same day came they into the wyldernesse of Sinai 2 For they were departed from Raphidim and were come to the desert of Sinai and had pitched their tentes in the wyldernesse and there Israel campped before the mounte 3 But Moyses went vp vnto God and the Lorde called vnto hym out of the mountayne saying Thus shalt thou fay vnto the house of Iacob and tell the chyldren of Israel 4 Ye haue seene what I did vnto the Egyptians and toke you vp vpon Eagles wynges and haue brought you vnto my selfe 5 Nowe therefore yf ye wyll heare my voyce in deede and kepe my couenaunt ye shall be as a deare treasure vnto me aboue all nations for al the earth is myne 6 Ye shal be vnto me also a kingdome of priestes an holy people And these are the wordes whiche thou shalt say vnto the children of Israel 7 Moyses came and called for the elders of the people and layde before theyr faces all these wordes whiche the Lorde commaunded hym 8 And the people aunswered altogether and sayde All that the Lorde hath sayd we will do And Moyses brought the wordes of the people vnto y e Lord. 9 And the Lorde sayd vnto Moyses lo I come vnto thee in a thicke cloude that the people may heare me talkyng with thee and beleue thee for euer Moyses shewed the wordes of the people vnto the Lorde 10 And the Lorde sayde vnto Moyses Go vnto the people and sanctifie thē to day and to morowe and let them washe theyr clothes 11 And be redy against the thirde day for the thirde day the Lorde wyll come downe in the sight of all the people vppon mount Sinai 12 And thou shalt set boundes vnto the people rounde about say take heede to your selues that ye go not vp into the mount or touche the border of it whosoeuer toucheth the mounte shall surelye dye 13 There shall not an hande touche it els he shal be stoned or shot through whether it be beast or man it shall not liue when the trumpet bloweth long then may they come vp into the mountayne 14 And Moyses went downe from the mount vnto the people and sanctified them and they washed their clothes 15 And he sayd vnto the people be redy agaynst the thirde day and come not at your wyues 16 And the thirde day in the mornyng there was thunder and lyghtnyng and a thicke cloude vpon the mount and the voyce of the trumpet exceedyng loude so that all the people that was in the hoast was afrayde 17 And Moyses brought the people out of the tentes to meete with God and thei stoode at the neather part of the hil 18 And mount Sinai was altogether on a smoke because the Lorde descended downe vpon it in fire and the smoke thereof ascended vp as the smoke of a furnace and all the mount quaked exceedyngly 19 And when the voyce of the trumpet blewe long and waxed louder and louder Moyses spake and God aunswered hym by a voyce 20 And the Lorde came downe vpon mount Sinai euen in the toppe of the hill when the Lord called Moyses vp into the top of the hil Moyses went vp 21 And the Lorde sayd vnto Moyses Go downe charge the people lest they breake out from their boundes to see the Lorde and so many of them perishe 22 And let the priestes also whiche come to the Lorde sanctifie them selues lest the Lorde destroy them 23 And Moyses said vnto the Lord The people can not come vp into the mount Sinai for thou chargest vs saying set boundes about the hill and sanctifie it 24 And the Lord sayd vnto him Away and get thee downe thou shalt come vp thou and Aaron with thee but let not the priestes and the people
him selfe wisely in all his wayes and the Lorde was with him 15 Wherefore when Saul sawe that he was so exceeding wise he was afrayde of him 16 But all Israel and Iuda loued Dauid because he went out and in before them 17 And Saul sayde to Dauid Beholde my eldest daughter Merob her I will geue thee to wife Onely be a valiaunt sonne vnto me fight the Lordes battayles For Saul thought Mine hand shall not be vpon him but the hande of the Philistines shal be vpon him 18 And Dauid aunswered Saul what am I and what is my lyfe or the kynred of my father in Israel that I should be sonne in lawe to the king 19 Howbeit when the time was come that Merob Sauls daughter shoulde haue ben geuen to Dauid she was geuē vnto Adriel a Meholathite to wife 20 Howbeit Michol Sauls daughter loued Dauid and they shewed Saul and the thing pleased him 21 And Saul sayde I will geue him her that she may be a snare to him and that the hand of the Philistines may be against him Wherefore Saul sayde to Dauid Thou shalt this day be my sonne in lawe in the one of the twayne 22 And Saul cōmaunded his seruaūtes to come with Dauid secretely to say Behold the king hath a fauour to thee and all his seruaūtes loue thee be now therefore the kinges sonne in lawe 23 And Sauls seruauntes spake those wordes in the eares of Dauid And Dauid said semeth it to you a light thing to be a kinges sonne in lawe seeing that I am a poore man and of smal reputation 24 And the seruauntes brought Saul word againe saying Of this maner spake Dauid 25 And Saul sayde This wise shall ye saye to Dauid The king careth for no other dowry but for an hundred foreskinnes of the Philistines to be auenged of the kynges enemies But Saul thought to make Dauid fall into the handes of the Philistines 26 And when his seruauntes tolde Dauid these wordes it pleased Dauid wel to be the kinges sonne in lawe And the dayes were not expired 27 Afterward Dauid arose with his men and went and slue of the Philistines two hundred men and Dauid brought their foreskinnes and they gaue them wholly to the king that he might be the kinges sonne in lawe Wherefore Saul gaue him Michol his daughter to wife 28 And Saul saw and vnderstoode how that the Lorde was with Dauid and that Michol his daughter loued him 29 And he was the more afrayde of Dauid and Saul became alway Dauids enemie 30 The Lordes of the Philistines vsed to go foorth and whē they went foorth Dauid behaued him selfe more wysely then all the seruauntes of Saul so that his name was much set by The .xix. Chapter 2 Ionathan declareth to Dauid the wicked purpose of Saul 11. Michol his wife saueth him 18. Dauid commeth to Samuel 23. The spirite of prophesie commeth on Saul 1 SAul spake to Ionathā his sonne and to all his seruauntes that they should kill Dauid 2 But Ionathā Sauls sonne had a great fauour to Dauid Ionathan tolde Dauid saying Saul my father goeth about to slay thee Nowe therfore I pray thee take heede to thy selfe vntyll the mornyng and abyde in some secrete place and hyde thy selfe 3 And I wyll go out and stande by my father in the fielde where thou art and wyll commune with my father of thee and whatsoeuer I see I wyll tell thee 4 And Ionathan spake good of Dauid vnto Saul his father and sayde vnto him Let not the king sinne against his seruaunt against Dauid for he hath not sinned against thee and his workes haue ben to theewarde very good 5 For he dyd * put his life in his hande and slue the Philistine and the Lorde brought to passe a great health for all Israel Thou sawest it and thou reioycedst Wherfore then wilt thou sinne against innocent blood and slay Dauid without a cause 6 And Saul hearkened vnto the voyce of Ionathan and Saul sware as the Lorde lyueth he shall not dye 7 And Ionathan called Dauid Ionathan shewed hym all those wordes Ionathan brought Dauid to Saul he was in his presence as in tymes past 8 And the warre began againe and Dauid went out and fought with the Philistines and slue them with a great slaughter and they fled from hym 10 And Saul entended to smyte Dauid to the wall with the iauelyn But he ryd him selfe out of Sauls presence as he smote the speare into the walle And Dauid fled was saued the same night 11 Saul also sent messengers vnto Dauids house to watch him and to slay him in the morning And Michol Dauids wyfe tolde it him saying If thou saue not thy selfe this night to morowe thou shalt be slayne 12 And so Michol let Dauid downe through a windowe and he went and fled and was saued 13 And Michol toke an image and layde it in the bed put a pillowe stuffed with goates heere vnder the head of it and couered it with a cloth 14 And when Saul sent messengers to fetche Dauid she said he is sicke 15 And Saul sent the messengers againe to see Dauid saying Bring him to me bed and all that I may slay him 16 And when the messengers were come in behold there lay an image in the bed with a pillowe of goates heere vnder the head of it 17 And Saul sayde vnto Michol Why hast thou mocked me so and sent away mine enemie that he is escaped Michol aunswered Saul For he sayd vnto me let me go or els I will kill thee 18 And so Dauid fled and escaped came to Samuel to Rama and tolde him all that Saul had done to him And he and Samuel went and dwelt in Naioth 19 And one tolde Saul saying Beholde Dauid is at Naioth in Rama 20 And Saul sent messengers to fet Dauid And when they sawe a company of prophetes prophecying Samuel standing as appoynted ouer them the spirite of God fell vpon the messengers of Saul and they prophecied to 21 And when it was tolde Saul he sent other messengers and they prophecied lykewyse And Saul sent messengers yet againe the third time and they prophecied also 22 Then went he him selfe to Rama and came to a great well that is in Sechu and he asked and sayde Where are Samuel Dauid And one sayd Beholde they be at Naioth in Rama 23 And he went thyther euen to Naioth in Rama and the spirite of God came vpon him also and he went prophecying vntill he came to Naioth in Rama 24 And he stript of his clothes prophecied before Samuel in lyke maner and fell naked al that day and all that night And therof it is that they say Is Saul also among the prophetes The .xx. Chapter 2 Ionathan comforteth Dauid 3. They renue their league 33 Saul would haue killed Ionathan
the children of Ammon and toke the citie of the kingdome 27 And Ioab sent messengers to Dauid saying I haue fought against Rabba and haue taken the citie of waters 28 Now therefore gather the rest of the people together and besiege the citie that thou mayst take it lest I take it it be called after my name 29 And Dauid gathered al the people together went against Rabba and besieged it and toke it 30 And he toke their kinges crowne from of his head which wayed a talent of golde in it were precious stones and it was set on Dauids head and he brought away the spoyle of the citie in exceeding great abundaunce 31 And he caryed away the people that was therein put them vnder sawes and vnder iron harrowes and vnder axes of iron thrust them into the tylekyll thus dyd he with all the cities of the children of Ammon And so Dauid and al the people returned vnto Hierusalem ¶ The .xiii. Chapter 14 Amnon Dauids sonne defileth his sister Thamar 19 Thamar is comforted by her brother Absalom 29 Absalom therefore killeth Amnon 1 AFter this so it was that Absalom the sonne of Dauid had a fayre sister named Thamar whom Amnon y e sonne of Dauid loued 2 And he was so sore vexed that he fell sycke for his sister Thamar for she shas a virgin and he thought it hard for him to do any thing to her 3 But Amnon had a frende called Ionadab the sonne of Simah Dauids brother And Ionadab was a very subtile man 4 And he said vnto him How commeth it that thou being the kinges sonne art thus consumed from day to day Wylt thou not tell me Amnon aunswered him I loue Thamar my brother Absaloms sister 5 Ionadab saide vnto him Lay thee downe on thy bed and make thy selfe sicke And when thy father is come to see thee saye vnto him I pray thee let my sister Thamar come and geue me meate and dresse it in my syght that I may see it and eate it of her hand 6 And so Amnon laye downe and made him selfe sicke And when the king was come to see him Amnon saide vnto the king I pray thee let Thamar my sister come and make me a coople of cakes in my sight that I may eate of her hand 7 Then Dauid sent home to Thamar saying Go now to thy brother Amnōs house and dresse him meate 8 So Thamar went to her brother Amnons house he was layed downe And she toke floure and kneaded it and made cakes in his sight and dyd bake them 9 And toke a panne and powred them out before him but he would not eate And Amnon saide Haue out all men from me And they went all out from him 10 And Amnon saide vnto Thamar Bring the meate into the chamber that I may eate of thyne hand And Thamar toke y e cakes which she had made and brought them into the chamber to Amnon her brother 11 And whē she had set them before him to eate he toke her and saide vnto her Come lye with me my sister 12 And she aunswered him Nay my brother do not force me for there hath no such thing ben done in Israel Do not thou this folly 13 And I whyther shall I cause my shame to go And thou shalt be as one of the fooles in Israel Now therefore I pray thee speake vnto the king and he wyll not denie me vnto thee 14 Howbeit he would not hearken vnto her voyce but being stronger then she forced her and lay with her 15 And then Amnon hated her exceedingly so that the hatred wherewith he hated her was greater then the loue with which he before loued her And Amnon saide vnto her Vp and get thee hence 16 She aunswered him There is no cause This euill that thou puttest me away is greater then the other that thou diddest vnto me Neuerthelesse he would not heare her 17 But called his boye that serued him and saide Put away this woman from me and bolt the doore after her 18 And she had a garment of diuers colours vpon her for with such wer the kinges daughters that were virgins appareled Then his seruaunt brought her out and locked the doore after her 19 And Thamar toke and put ashes on her head and rent her garment of diuers colours that was on her layed her hand on her head and so went and as she went cryed 20 And Absalom her brother saide vnto her Hath Amnon thy brother ben with thee Now yet be still my sister he is thy brother let not this thing greeue thyne heart And so Thamar remayned desolate in her brother Absaloms house 21 But when king Dauid heard of all these thinges he was very wroth 22 And Absalom sayde vnto his brother Amnon neither good nor bad Howbeit Absalom hated Amnon because he had forced his sister Thamar 23 And after the tyme of two yeres Absalom had* sheepe shearers in the playne of Hazor beside Ephraim bade all the kinges sonnes 24 And came to the king and saide Beholde thy seruaunt hath sheepe shearers I pray thee that the king with his seruauntes come to thy seruaunt 25 The king aunswered Absalom Nay my sonne I pray thee let vs not go all lest we be chargeable vnto thee And Absalom laye sore vpon him howbeit he would not go but blessed him 26 Then saide Absalom but I pray thee shall not my brother Amnon go with vs And the king aunswered him what needeth it that he go with thee 27 But Absalom made such instaunce that he let Amnon all the kinges children go with him 28 Now had Absalom commaunded his young men saying Marke when Amnons heart is mery with wine and when I bid you smyte Amnon then kil him and feare not haue not I bidden you be bolde therfore play the men 29 And the seruauntes of Absalom dyd vnto Amnon euen as Absalom had commaunded And al the kinges sonnes arose and euery man gat him vp vpon his mule and fled 30 And whyle they were yet in the way tydinges came to Dauid saying Absalom hath slaine all the kinges sonnes and there is none left alyue 31 Then the king arose tare his garmentes and lay along on the earth and all his seruauntes stoode by with their clothes rent 32 And Ionadab the sonne of Simeach Dauids brother aunswered and sayde Let not my lorde suppose that they haue slaine all the young men of the kings sonnes but Amnon onely is dead For that hath ben determined in Absaloms minde since he forced his sister Thamar 33 Now therefore let not my lorde the king take the thing so greuously to thinke that all the kinges sonnes are dead for Amnon onely is dead 34 But Absalom fled And y e young man that kept the watch lyft vp his eyes loked and beholde there came much people
gaue him a charge concerning this thyng that he shoulde not folowe other gods But he kept not that which the Lorde commaunded him 11 Wherfore the Lorde sayde vnto Solomon Forasmuche as this is done of thee and thou hast not kept myne appoyntment and my statutes whiche I commaunded thee I wil rent the kingdome from thee and will geue it to thy seruaunt 12 Notwithstanding in thy dayes I will not do it because of Dauid thy father but wil take it frō the hand of thy sonne 13 Howbeit I will not take away all the kingdome But will geue one tribe to thy sonne because of Dauid my seruaūt and because of Hierusalem whiche I haue chosen 14 And the Lorde stirred vp an aduersarie vnto Solomon euen one Hadad an Edomite of the kinges seede whiche was in Edom. 15 For when Dauid was in Edom and Ioab the captayne of the hoast was gone vp to burie them that were slaine he smote all the men children in Edom 16 For sixe monethes dyd Ioab remayne there and all Israel till he had destroyed all the men children of Edom. 17 And this Hadad fled and certaine other Edomites of his fathers seruaūtes with hym to come into Egypt Hadad beyng yet a litle childe 18 And they arose out of Madian came to Paran and toke men with them out of Paran and came to Egypt vnto Pharao king of Egypt whiche gaue him an house and appoynted him vittailes and gaue him lande 19 And Hadad gat great fauour in the sight of Pharao so that he gaue him to wyfe the sister of his owne wyfe euen the syster of Thahpenes the queene 20 And the sister of Thahpenes bare him Genubath his sonne whō Thahpenes norished in Pharaos house And Genubath was with Pharaos housholde among the sonnes of Pharao 21 And when Hadad hearde in Egypt that Dauid was layde to sleepe with his fathers that Ioab the captayne of the hoaste was dead also he sayde to Pharao Let me depart that I may go to myne owne countrey 22 Pharao sayde vnto him What hast thou lacked here with me that thou wouldest thus go to thyne owne countrey He aunswered Nothing howbeit let me go 23 And God stirred him vp another aduersarie one Rezon the sonne of Eliada whiche fled from his lorde Hadadezer king of Zoba 24 And he gathered men vnto him and became captayne ouer the companie when Dauid slue them And they went to Damasco and dwelt there and raigned in Damasco 25 Therfore was he an aduersarie to Israel all the dayes of Solomon and this was the mischiefe in that Hadad dyd abhorre Israel and raigned ouer Syria 26 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nabat an Ephrathite of Zareda whose mother was called Zeruah whiche was a wydowe and he Solomons seruaunt lyft vp his hande against the king 27 But this was the cause that he lift vp his hande against the king Solomon buylt Mello and mended the broken places of the citie of Dauid his father 28 And this felowe Ieroboam was a man of strength courage And Solomon sawe the young man that he was able to do the worke he made him ruler ouer all the charge of the house of Ioseph 29 And it chaunced at that season that Ieroboam went out of Ierusalem and the prophete Ahia the Silonite met him by the way hauing a newe mantel on him and they two were alone in the fielde 30 Ahia caught the newe mantel that was on him rent it in twelue peeces 31 And sayd to Ieroboam Take thee ten peeces For thus sayth the Lorde God of Israel Behold I will rent the kingdome out of the handes of Solomon and will geue ten tribes to thee 32 And he shal haue one for my seruaunt Dauids sake and for Hierusalem the citie which I haue chosen out of all the tribes of Israel 33 Because they haue forsaken me haue worshipped Astharoth the god of the Zidons and Chamos the god of the Moabites Milcom the god of the children of Ammon haue not walked in my wayes to fulfill my pleasure my statutes and my lawes as dyd Dauid his father 34 I will not take the whole kingdome out of his hand But I will make him chiefe all his lyfe long for Dauid my seruauntes sake whom I chose because he kept my commaundementes and my statutes 35 But I will take the kingdome out of his sonnes hande and will geue it vnto thee euen ten tribes of it 36 And vnto his sonne will I geue one tribe that Dauid my seruaunt may haue a light alway before me in Hierusalem the citie which I haue chosen me to put my name there 37 And I will take thee and thou shalt raigne according to all that thy soule desireth and shalt be king ouer Israel 38 And if thou hearken vnto all that I commaunde thee and wilt walke in my wayes and do that is right in my sight that thou kepe my statutes and my commaundementes as Dauid my seruaunt dyd then will I be with thee and buyld thee a sure house as I buylt for my seruaunt Dauid and will geue Israel vnto thee 39 And I will for this offence whiche Solomon hath committed vexe the seede of Dauid but nor for euer 40 Solomon sought therfore to kil Ieroboam and Ieroboam arose and fled into Egypt vnto Sisac king of Egypt and continued there in Egypt vntill the death of Solomon 41 The rest of the wordes that concerne Solomon and all that he dyd and his wysdome are they not written in the booke of the wordes of Solomon 42 The tyme that Solomon raigned in Hierusalem vpon al Israel was fourtie yeres 43 And Solomon slept with his fathers and was buried in the citie of Dauid his father and Rehoboam his sonne raigned in his steade The xii Chapter 1 Rehoboam succeedeth Solomon 8 He refuseth the counsel of the auncient 20 Ieroboam raigneth ouer Israel 21 God commaundeth Rehoboam not to fight 28 Ieroboam maketh golden calues 1 ANd Rehoboam went to Sichē for all Israel were come to Sichem to make him king 2 And when Ieroboam the sonne of Nabat whiche was yet in Egypt heard of it for he fled to Egypt from the presence of king Solomon and dwelt in Egypt 3 So they sent and called him and Ieroboam and all the congregation of IsIsrael came spake vnto Rehoboam saying 4 Thy father made our yocke greeuous nowe therfore make thou the greeuous seruice of thy father and his sore yocke whiche he put vpon vs lighter and we will serue thee 5 And he sayde vnto them Depart yet for the space of three dayes and then come againe to me And the people departed 6 And king Rehoboam toke counsel with the olde men that stoode before Solomon his father while he yet lyued and sayd What counsel geue ye that I may haue matter to aunswere this people 7 And they sayd vnto him If thou be a seruaunt vnto this people this day and
reached there was ioy and mirth a feaste and good dayes among the Iewes insomuch that many of the people in y e lande became Iewes for the feare of the Iewes came vpon them The .ix. Chapter 1 At the commaundement of the king the Iewes put their aduersaries to death 14 The ten sonnes of Haman are hanged 17 The Iewes kepe a feaste in remembraunce of their deliueraunce 1 IN the twelfth moneth that is the moneth Adar vpoÌ„ the thirteenth day of the same when the kinges worde and commaundement drue neare to be put in execution in the day that the enemies of the Iewes hoped to haue power ouer theÌ„ it turned contrary for the Iewes had rule ouer them that hated them 2 For then gathered the Iewes together in their cities within all the prouinces of king Ahasuerus to lay hande on such as woulde do them euill and no man could withstand them for the feare of them was come ouer all people 3 And all the rulers in the prouinces and princes and deputies and officers of the king promoted the Iewes for the feare of Mardocheus came vpon them 4 For Mardocheus was great in the kinges house the reporte of him was noysed in all the prouinces for this man Mardocheus waxed greater and greater 5 Thus the Iewes smote all their enemies with the stroke of the sword and slaughter and destruction did what they would vnto their enemies 6 And at Susan the chiefe citie slue the Iewes destroyed fiue hundred men 7 And slue Pharsandatha Dalphon Asphatha 8 Phoratha Adalia Aridatha 9 Pharmastha Arisai Aridai and Vaizatha 10 The ten sonnes of Haman the sonne of Hamadata the enemie of the Iewes but on his goodes they layed no handes 11 At the same time was the king certified of the number of those that were slaine in the citie of Susan 12 And the king saide vnto queene Esther The Iewes haue slaine and destroyed fiue hundred men in the citie of Susan and the ten sonnes of Haman What haue they done thinkest thou in other landes of the king And what is thy petition that it may be geuen thee or what requirest thou more to be done 13 Esther aunswered If it please the king let him suffer the Iewes which are in Susan to morow also to do according vnto this dayes decree that they may hang Hamans ten sonnes vpon the tree 14 And the king charged to do so and the decree was deuised at Susan and they hanged Hamans ten sonnes 15 For the Iewes that were in Susan gathered them selues together vpon the fourteenth day of the moneth Adar and slue three hundred men at Susan but on their goodes they layed no handes 16 As for the other Iewes that were in the kinges prouinces they came together and stoode for their liues had rest from their enemies slue of their enemies seuentie and fiue thousand howbeit they layed no handes on their goodes 17 This they did on the thirteenth day of the moneth Adar on the fourteenth day of the same moneth rested they which day they held with feasting and gladnesse 18 But the Iewes that were at Susan came together both on the thirteenth day and on the fourteenth and on the fifteenth day of the same they rested and held that day with feasting gladnesse 19 And therefore the Iewes that dwelt in the villages and vnwalled townes held the fourteenth day of the moneth Adar with gladnesse and feasting and kept holy day and euery one sent preasentes vnto his neighbour 20 And Mardocheus wrote these wordes and sent letters vnto all the Iewes that were in all the prouinces of king Ahasuerus both nie and farre 21 That they should make a lawe among theÌ„ selues holde the fourteenth fifteenth day of the moneth Adar yerely 22 As the dayes wherein the Iewes came to rest from their enemies and as a moneth wherein their paine was turned to ioy and their sorowe into a ioyful day and that in those dayes they should make feastes and gladnesse and one to send giftes vnto another and to distribute vnto the poore 23 And the Iewes promised to do as they had begunne and as Mardocheus had written vnto them 24 Because Haman the sonne of Hamadatha the Agagite all the Iewes enemie had deuised against the Iewes how he might destroy them and caused to cast Phur that is a lot for to consume them to bring them to naught 25 But when Esther came before the king he commaunded by letters that his wicked deuice which he imagined against the Iewes should be turned vpon his owne head and that he and his sonnes should be hanged on the tree 26 For the which cause they called these dayes Phurim because of the name of the lot and because of all the wordes of this writing and what they themselues had seene what had come vnto them 27 And the Iewes ordayned and toke it vpon them and their seede and vpon all such as ioyned them selues vnto them that they would not misse but obserue these two dayes yerely according as they were written and appoynted in their season 28 And that these dayes are to be remembred and to be kept of childers children among al kinredes in all landes and cities In these dayes of Phurim which are not to be ouerslipt among y e Iewes and the memoriall of them ought not to perishe from their seede 29 And queene Esther the daughter of Abihail Mardocheus the Iewe wrote with all aucthoritie to confirme this second writing of Phurim 30 And he sent the letters vnto all the Iewes to the hundred twentie and seuen prouinces of the empire of Ahasuerus with wordes of peace and trueth 31 To confirme these dayes of Phurim in their time appoynted according as Mardocheus the Iewe and Esther the queene had appoâ—â—ted them and they bound their soule and their seede to fasting and prayer 32 And the decree of Esther confirmed these wordes of Phurim and was written in the booke 33 And the king Ahasuerus layed tribute vpon the land vpon the iles of the sea 34 And all the actes of his power and of his might the declaration of the dignitie of Mardocheus wherwith the king magnified him be they not written in the bookes of y e chronicles of the kinges of Medes and Persia 35 For Mardocheus the Iewe was the second next vnto king Ahasuerus and great among the Iewes and accepted among the multitude of his brethren as one that seeketh the wealth of his people and speaketh peaceably for all his seede ⧠The ende of the booke of Esther ⧠The booke of Iob. The first Chapter 1 The holines riches and care of Iob for his children 11 Satan hath permission to tempt him 13 He tempteth him by taking away his substaunce and his children 20 His faith and patience 1 IN the lande of * Hus there was a man whose name was Iob the same was a perfect and iust man one that feared
I might know him and finde him and that I might come before his seate 4 I woulde pleade my cause before hym and fill my mouth with argumentes 5 I woulde knowe what aunswere he woulde geue me and vnderstande what he woulde say vnto me 6 Will he pleade against me with his great power No but he will make me the stronger 7 There the righteous might dispute with him so shoulde I be deliuered for euer from my iudge 8 Behold though I go forwarde I find him not If I go backwarde I can get no knowledge of hym 9 If I go on the left side where he doth his worke I can not attayne vnto him Againe if I go on the right side he hydeth him selfe that I can not see hym 10 But as for my way he knoweth it and tryeth me that as the gold I may come foorth 11 My foote doth kepe his path his hie way haue I holden and will not go out of it 12 I will not forsake the commaundement of his lippes I haue esteemed the wordes of his mouth more then myne appoynted foode 31 He is still at one poynt and who can turne him he doth as him listeth and bringeth to passe what he will 14 He perfourmeth the thing that is appoynted for me and many such thinges doth he 15 This is the cause that I shrinke at his presence so that when I consider him I am afrayde of hym 16 For God maketh my heart softe and the almightie putteth me in feare 17 Because I am not cut of before the darkenesse neither hath he couered the cloude fro my face The .xxiiii. Chapter 1 Iob describeth the wickednesse of men and sheweth what curse belongeth to the wicked 12 How all thinges are gouerned by gods prouidence 17 and the destruction of the wicked 1 COnsidering then that there is no time hyd from the almightie how happeneth it that they which know him do not regarde his dayes 2 For some men remoue the landemarkes robbe men of their cattell and feede of the same 3 They driue away the asse of the fatherlesse and take the wydowes oxe for a pledge 4 They cause the poore to turne out of the way so that the poore of the earth hyde them selues together 5 Beholde as wilde asses in the desert go they foorth to their worke ryse betimes to spoyle Yea the very wildernesse ministreth foode for them their children 6 They reape the corne fielde that is not their owne and let the vineyarde of the vngodly alone 7 They cause the naked to lodge without garment and without couering in the colde 8 They are wet with the showres of the mountaynes and embrace the rocke for want of a couering 9 They plucke the fatherlesse from the brest and take the pledge from the poore 10 They let hym go naked without clothing and haue taken away the sheafe of the hungrie 11 The poore are fayne to labour in their oyle mylles yea and to treade in their wyne presses and yet to suffer thirst 12 Men out of the citie crye vnto the Lord with sighing the soules of the slayne also crye out yet God regardeth not their complaynt 13 Where as they are conuersaunt among them that abhorre the light they know not his way nor continue in his pathes 14 The murtherer ryseth early and killeth the poore and needy and in the night is as a thiefe 15 The eye of the adulterer wayteth for the darkenesse sayth There shall no eye see me and disguiseth his face 16 In the darke they digge through houses whiche they marked for them selues in the day time they knowe not the light 17 The morning is to them euen as the shadow of death if one know them they are in the terrours of the shadowe of death 18 The vngodly is swyft vpon the water their portion shal be cursed in the earth and he shall not beholde the way of the vineyardes 19 As the drye grounde and heate consume the snowye waters so shall the graue the sinners 20 The pitifull man shall forget hym he shal be sweete to the wormes he shal be no more remembred his wickednesse shal be broken as a tree 21 He hath oppressed the barren that can not beare and vnto the wydow hath he done no good 22 He drue the mightie after hym with his power and when he was gotten vp no man was sure of lyfe 23 And though they gaue him to be in safetie yet his eyes are vpon their wayes 24 They are exalted for a litle but shortly are gone brought to pouertie and taken out of the way yea and vtterly pluckt of as the eares of corne 25 Is it not so Who will then reproue me as a lyer and say that my wordes are nothing worth The .xxv. Chapter Bildad proueth that no man is cleane nor without sinne before God 1 THen aunswered Bildad the Suhite and sayde 2 Is there power and feare with him aboue that maketh peace sitting in his hyghnesse 3 Is there any number of his armies and vpon whom shal not his light arise 4 But how may a man compared vnto God be iustified or how can he be cleane that is borne of a woman 5 Beholde the moone shyneth nothing in comparison to him and the starres are vncleane in his sight 6 Howe much more then man that is but corruption and the sonne of man which is but a worme The .xxvi. Chapter 1 Iob sheweth that man can not helpe God and proueth it by his miracles 1 IOb aunswered and sayde 2 Whō hast thou helped Him that is without strength sauest thou the arme that hath no strength 3 Where is the counsayle that thou shouldest geue him which hath no wisdome Hast thou shewed the way of right lyuing 4 To whom hast thou spoken these wordes who made the breath to come out of thy mouth 5 Are not dead thinges shapen vnder the waters and thinges by the waters side 6 He is naked before him and the very destruction it selfe can not be hyd out of his sight 7 He stretcheth out the noorth ouer the emptie place and hangeth the earth vpon nothing 8 He byndeth the water in his cloudes the cloude is not broken vnder them 9 He holdeth backe the face of his throne and spreadeth his cloude before it 10 He hath compassed the waters with certayne boundes vntill the day and night come to an ende 11 The very pillers of heauen tremble and quake at his reproofe 12 He stilleth the sea with his power and through his wysdome smyteth he the strength therof 13 His spirite hath garnished the heauens his hand hath made the crooked serpent 14 Lo this is now a short summe of his wayes but howe litle a portion heare we of hym who can vnderstande the thunder of his power The .xxvii. Chapter 3 The constancie and
power wisdome and goodnesse which appeareth in all his workes and benefites but especially in that he had set foorth by Moyses his lawe and commaundementes 1 PRayse ye the Lorde for it is a good thyng sing psalmes vnto our Lorde for it is a pleasaunt thing his praise is to be desired 2 God buildeth vp Hierusalem he wyll gather together the Israelites that were banished 3 He healeth those that are broken in heart he wrappeth vp their sorowes 4 He counteth the number of the starres he geueth vnto them all names 5 Great is our Lorde and great is his power his vnderstandyng is infinite 6 God setteth vp the meeke he bringeth the vngodly downe to the grounde 7 Syng ye vnto God with a confession syng psalmes vpon the Harpe vnto our Lorde 8 Who couereth the heaueÌ„ with cloudes who prepareth rayne for the earth who maketh grasse to growe vppon the mountaynes 9 He geueth vnto cattell their foode euen vnto Rauens which call for it 10 He hath no pleasure in the strength of an horse he delighteth not in the legges of a man 11 God delyghteth in them that feare him and in them that put their trust in his mercie 12 Prayse God O Hierusalem prayse thy Lorde O Sion 13 For he maketh fast the barres of thy gates he blesseth thy children within thee 14 He maketh peace in thy borders he fylleth thee with good corne 15 He sendeth foorth his commaundement vpon the earth his word runneth very swiftly 16 He geueth snowe so whyte as wooll he scattereth the hoare frost like asshes 17 He casteth foorth his yse lyke fragmentes who is able to abide his frost 18 He sendeth foorth his worde and melteth them he bloweth with his winde and the waters flowe 19 He declareth his worde vnto Iacob his statutes ordinaunces vnto Israel 20 He hath not dealt so with euery nation neither haue they the knowledge of his iudgementes Prayse ye the Lorde The argument of the cxlviij psalme ¶ The prophete calleth vpon all creatures which be in heauen or earth to prayse God but especially vpon the people of God who haue greater cause geuen them for to do it then other 1 PRayse ye the Lorde prayse ye God out of heauen prayse ye hym on hygh aboue 2 Prayse hym all ye his angels prayse hym all ye his hoast 3 Prayse ye hym sunne and moone praise hym all ye starres that geue lyght 4 Prayse ye hym all ye heauens and ye waters that be aboue the heauens 5 Euen they shoulde prayse the name of God for he commaunded and they were created 6 He hath set them sure for euer and euer he hath geuen them a lawe which shall not be broken 7 Prayse ye God from the earth ye dragons and all deepes 8 Fire and hayle snowe and vapours stormie wynde fulfyllyng his worde 9 Mountaynes and all hylles fruitfull trees and all Cedars 10 Beastes and all cattell wormes and fethered foules 11 Kynges of the earth and all people princes and all iudges of the earth 12 Young men and maydens olde men with children shoulde prayse the name of God for his name only is most excellent and his maiestie aboue earth and heauen 13 He hath exalted the horne of his people the prayse of all his saintes euen of the children of Israel a people that is most nye vnto him Prayse ye the Lord. ¶ The argument of the .cxlix. Psalme ¶ The prophete exhorteth the children of Israel to expresse a ioy towardes God by praysyng hym by syngyng vnto hym and by playing on musicall instrumentes partly for that God is pleased with them partly also for that God hath geuen them a victorie ouer the heathen their enemies 1 PRayse ye the Lorde syng vnto God a newe song he ought to be praysed in the congregation of saintes 2 Israel shoulde reioyce in his maker the children of Sion shoulde be ioyfull in their kyng 3 They shoulde prayse his name in a daunce they shoulde sing psalmes vnto hym vpon a tabret and a harpe 4 For God hath a pleasure in his people he wyll beautifie the afflicted with saluation 5 The saintes shal be ioyful with glory they shal expresse a ioyfull noyse in their beddes 6 The hygh promotions of the Lorde shal be in their mouth and a two edged sworde in their handes 7 That they may take auengement of the heathen and correction of the nations 8 That they may bynde their kynges in chaynes and their nobles with iron fetters 9 That they may execute the iudgement prescribed this honour shal be to all his saintes Prayse ye the Lorde The argument of the .cl. psalme ¶ The prophete exhorteth generally all lyuyng creatures to prayse the mightinesse and greatnesse of God He wylleth men to do it with instrumentes of musicke 1 PRayse ye the Lorde prayse ye the Lord in his sanctuarie praise ye him in the firmament of his power 2 Prayse ye hym in his strength prayse ye hym in his excellent greatnesse 3 Prayse ye hym in the sounde of a trumpet prayse ye hym vpon a Lute and an Harpe 4 Prayse ye hym with a tabret and a daunce prayse ye him vpon the stringes and vpon the Organes 5 Prayse ye hym vpon the well tuned Cimbales prayse ye hym vpon the loude Cimbales 6 Euery thyng that draweth breath ought to prayse the Lorde Prayse ye the Lorde T. B. ⧠The ende of the Psalter ¶ Numerus secundum Hebreos cxx Ad dominum 〈◊〉 xxv Ad te domine 〈◊〉 xxvâ— Ad te domine clâ—mâ—â—â— cxxâ—ii Ad te 〈◊〉 xâ— Aâ—seâ—e domino lxxâ—iii Aâ—endite pâ—pâ—le xliâ— Aâ—dâ— heâ—â—nes i. â—tu◠〈◊〉 xxxii Beâ—ti 〈…〉 xâ—i Beâ—t◠〈…〉 cx◠〈…〉 qui. cxix Beâ—ti in mâ—lati cxxâ—iii Beati omnes 〈◊〉 xxxiiii Beâ—â—dâ— dâ—minum lxxxâ— Benediâ— câ— Beâ—edâ— omniâ— â— câ— Benediâ—â—te omnia ii Benedictus dominus Bâ—um 〈…〉 xâ—i xâ— cxâ— xâ—x â—x 〈…〉 i. cxi 〈…〉 ii cxxxviii Con◠〈◊〉 lxxv Consiâ—e◠〈…〉 câ— Conâ—iter 〈…〉 câ— câ— câ— cxxxvi xâ— câ— câ— De◠〈…〉 De◠〈◊〉 meus â—iiiâ— â–ª De◠〈…〉 â—lvi Deâ— noste◠〈…〉 l. Deâ— dâ—um lâ— De◠〈…〉 lx Deâ— repâ— lxâ—ii Dâ—s deu meus ad te lâ—ii Deus 〈…〉 lâ— De◠〈◊〉 â—rium lxxii Deus â—diâ—m lxxâ— Deus â—enerunt lxâ— Deus sâ— lxxâ— Deus 〈…〉 â–ª â—ii Deus 〈◊〉 câ— Deus laudem cxâ—i Diâ—i quoniâ—m xâ—iii Dâ—lâ—gaâ— te cx Dixit Dominus domino xiiii Dâ—xit insipicus i. â—i Dixit insipicus ii xxxix Dixiâ— cuâ— diâ—m xxxvi Dixit iniustâ— iii. Domine 〈◊〉 vi Domine ac â—n fâ—ore i. xâ—iii Domine ne in fuâ—ore ii Dâ—mâ—ne deus meus in te viii Domâ—ne dominus noster xv Domâ—ne quis habitabit xxi Domine in virtute lxxxvâ— â–ª Dâ—mâ—ne deus salutis xc Domine â—efugâ—m cii Domine exaâ—di cxxxi Domine 〈◊〉 est exal cxxxix Domine 〈…〉 â—li Domine 〈…〉 â—ii Dâ—m◠〈…〉 xxâ—i Domin◠〈…〉 xâ—ii Domin◠〈◊〉 xxxâ— Domâ—nus 〈…〉 xâ— Dominâ— repâ— decoreÌ„ Dominus
are his worke 12 Wicked doers are an abhomination to the kyng for a kynges seate shoulde be holden vp with ryghteousnesse 13 Ryghteous lippes are pleasaunt vnto kynges and them that speaketh the trueth shall he loue 14 The kinges displeasure is a messenger of death but a wise man wyll pacifie hym 15 The chearfull countenaunce of the kyng is life and his louyng fauour is as a cloude of the latter rayne 16 To haue wisdome in possession is better then to haue golde and to get vnderstandyng is rather to be chosen then to haue siluer 17 The path of the ryghteous is to eschewe euyll and who so loketh well to his wayes kepeth his owne soule 18 Pryde goeth before destruction and an hygh mynde before the fall 19 Better it is to be of humble mynde with the lowly thē to deuide the spoyles with the proude 20 He that handleth a matter wisely obteyneth good and blessed is he that putteth his trust in the Lorde 21 Who so is wyse in heart shal be called prudent and the sweetnesse of his lippes encreaseth learnyng 22 Vnderstandyng is a well of lyfe vnto hym that hath it as for the chastenyng of fooles it is but foolishnesse 23 A wyse heart ordereth his mouth wisely and ministreth learnyng vnto his lippes 24 Fayre wordes are an hony combe a refresshyng of the mynde and health of the bones 25 There is a way that men thynke to be ryght but the ende therof leadeth vnto death 26 A troublous soule disquieteth her selfe for her owne mouth hath brought her therto 27 An vngodly person stirreth vp euyll and in his lippes he is as an hotte burnyng fyre 28 A frowarde body causeth strife and he that is a blabbe of his tongue maketh deuision among princes 29 A wicked man beguyleth his neyghbour and leadeth hym into the way that is not good 30 He shutteth his eyes to deuise mischiefe and moueth his lippes to bryng euyll to passe 31 Age is a crowne of worshyp yf it be founde in the way of ryghteousnesse 32 A patient man is better thē one strong and he that can rule hym selfe is more worth then he that wynneth a citie 33 The lottes are cast into the lappe but the orderyng therof standeth all in the Lorde The .xvij. Chapter 1 BEtter is a drye morsell with quietnesse then a house full of fat offeryng with strife 2 A discrete seruaunt shall haue rule ouer a lewde sonne and shal haue heritage with the brethren 3 As siluer is tryed in the fire and golde in the furnace so doth the Lorde proue the heartes 4 A wicked body geueth heede to false lippes and a lyer geueth eare to a deceiptfull tongue 5 Who so scorneth the poore blasphemeth his maker and he that is glad at another mans hurt shall not be vnpunished 6 Childers children are a crowne of the aged and the fathers are the honour of the children 7 Speache of aucthoritie becommeth not a foole much lesse a lying mouth then beseemeth a prince 8 A gyft is as a precious stone vnto hym that hath it but vnto whom soeuer it turneth it maketh hym vnwise 9 Who so couereth a fault procureth loue but he that discloseth it deuideth very frendes 10 One reproofe more feareth a wise man then an hundred stripes doth a foole 11 A seditious person seketh mischiefe and a cruell messenger shal be sent agaynst hym 12 It were better to meete a shee beare robbed of her whelpes then a foole trustyng in his foolishnesse 13 Who so rewardeth euill for good euill shall not depart from his house 14 The begynnyng of strife is as when a man maketh an issue for water therfore leaue of before the contention be medled with 15 The Lorde hateth as well hym that iustifieth the vngodly as hym that condempneth the innocent 16 Wherto hath a foole treasure in his hande to bye wisdome seyng he hath no mynde therto 17 He is a frende that alway loueth and in aduersitie a man shall knowe who is his brother 18 Who so promiseth by the hande and is suretie for his neighbour he is a foole 19 He that delighteth in sinne loueth strife and who so setteth his doore to hye seeketh destruction 20 Who so hath a frowarde heart obteyneth no good and he that hath a double tongue shall fall into mischiefe 21 He that begetteth a foole begetteth his sorowe and the father of a foole can haue no ioy 22 A mery heart make a lustie age ▪ but a sorowfull mynde dryeth vp the bones 23 The vngodly taketh gyftes out of the bosome to wrest the wayes of iudgement 24 Wisdome shyneth in the face of hym that hath vnderstandyng but the eyes of fooles wander throughout al landes 25 An vndiscrete sonne is a griefe vnto his father and an heauinesse vnto his mother 26 Certaynly to condempne the iust is not good nor to strike the gouernours which iudge ryghtly 27 A wyse man vseth fewe wordes and a man of vnderstandyng is of a patient spirite 28 Yea a very foole when he holdeth his tongue is counted wyse and he that stoppeth his lippes is esteemed prudent The .xviij. Chapter 1 WHo so hath an earnest desire to wisdome he will sequester him selfe to seke it and occupie him selfe in all stedfastnesse sounde doctrine 2 A foole hath no delyght in vnderstandyng but only to vtter the fansies of his owne heart 3 When the vngodly commeth then commeth also disdayne and with the dishonest person commeth shame and dishonour 4 The wordes of a wise mans mouth are lyke deepe waters and the well of wisdome is lyke a full streame 5 It is not good to regarde the person of the vngodly to ouerthrowe the righteous in iudgement 6 A fooles lippes come with brawlyng and his mouth prouoketh vnto stripes 7 A fooles mouth is his owne destruction and his lippes are the snare for his owne soule 8 The wordes of a slaunderer are very woundes and go through vnto the innermost partes of the body 9 Who so is slouthfull in his labour is the brother of hym that is a waster 10 The name of the Lorde is a strong castell the ryghteous runneth vnto it and is in safegarde 11 The riche mans goodes are his strong citie and as an hygh wall in his owne conceipt 12 Before destruction the heart of a man is proude and before honour goeth humilitie 13 He that geueth sentence in a matter before he heare it the same to hym is follie and shame 14 A good stomacke beareth out sicknesse but the mynde beyng sicke who shall heale it 15 A wyse heart possesseth knowledge a prudent eare seeketh vnderstanding 16 A mans gyft maketh an open way to bryng hym before great men 17 The ryghteous declareth his owne cause first hym selfe and his neyghbour commeth and tryeth hym 18 The lot causeth variaunce to ceasse and parteth the mightie a sunder 19
heart is in the hand of the Lord lyke as are the riuers of water he maye turne it whyther soeuer he wyll 2 Euery mans way seemeth right in his owne eyes but the Lorde pondereth the heart 3 To do righteousnes and iudgement is more acceptable to the Lorde then sacrifice 4 An high looke a proude heart and the plowing of the vngodly is sinne 5 The deuises of one that is diligent bring plenteousnesse but he that is vnaduised commeth vnto pouertie 6 To hoorde vp riches with a deceiptfull tongue is vanitie tossed to and fro of them that seeke death 7 The robberies of the vngodly shal be their owne destruction for they wyll not do the thing that is right 8 The way of the vngodly is frowarde and straunge but of the pure man his worke is right 9 It is better to dwell in a corner on the house toppe then with a brawling woman in a wide house 10 The soule of the vngodly wisheth euyll and his neighbour findeth no fauour in his eyes 11 When the scornefull is punished the ignoraunt take the better heede and when the wise is instructed he wyll receaue vnderstanding 12 The righteous man wysely considereth the house of the wicked and for their wickednesse God ouerthroweth the vngodly 13 Who so stoppeth his eares at the crying of the poore he shall crye hym selfe and not be hearde 14 A priuie rewarde pacifieth displeasure and a gyft in the bosome stilleth furiousnesse 15 The iust delighteth in doing the thing that is right but destruction shal be to the workers of wickednesse 16 The man that wandereth out of the way of wysdome shall remaine in the congregation of the dead 17 He that hath pleasure in bankettes shal be a poore man and whoso delighteth in wine and delicates shall not be riche 18 The vngodly shal be a raunsome for the righteous and the wicked for the iust 19 It is better to dwell in the wyldernesse then with a chydyng and an angrye woman 20 In a wise mans house there is a great treasure and oyle but a foolishe body spendeth vp all 21 Who so foloweth righteousnesse and mercy findeth both life righteousnesse and honour 22 A wyse man skaleth the citie of the mightie ouerthroweth the strength wherein they trusted 23 Who so kepeth his mouth and his tongue the same kepeth his soule from troubles 24 He that is proude and arrogant is called a scorner whiche in his wrath worketh presumptuously 25 The desire of the slouthfull kylleth him for his handes wyll not labour 26 He coueteth greedyly all day long but the righteous geueth and spareth not 27 The sacrifice of the vngodly is abhomination howe muche more when they offer the thing that is gotten with wickednesse 28 A false witnesse shall perishe but a good man speaketh constantly what he hath hearde 29 An vngoly man hardeneth his face but the iust refourmeth his owne way 30 There is no wysdome there is no vnderstanding there is no counsayle against the Lorde 31 The horse is prepared against the day of battayle but the Lorde geueth victorie ¶ The .xxii. Chapter 1 A Good name is more to be desired then great riches and louing fauour is better then siluer and golde 2 The riche and poore meete together the Lorde is the maker of them all 3 A wyse man seeth the plague and hydeth hym selfe but the foolishe go on still and are punished 4 By humilitie and the feare of the Lorde commeth riches honour and life 5 Thornes and snares are in the way of the frowarde but he that doth kepe his soule wyll flee farre from them 6 Teache a chylde what way he should go for he shall not leaue it when he is olde 7 The ryche ruleth the poore and the borower is seruaunt to the lender 8 He that soweth wickednes shal reape wickednes and the rodde of his anger shall fayle 9 He that hath a bountifull eye shal be blessed for he geueth of his bread to the poore 10 Cast out the scorneful man and so shal strife go out with hym yea variaunce and sclaunder shall ceasse 11 Who so loueth cleannes of heart for the grace of his lippes the kyng shal be his frende 12 The eyes of the Lord preserue knowledge and he ouerthroweth the wordes of the transgressours 13 The slouthfull body saith there is a Lion without I might be slaine in the streate 14 The mouth of straunge women is a deepe pit wherein he falleth that the Lorde is angrye withall 15 Foolishnes is bounde in the heart of the chylde and the rodde of correction shall driue it away 16 Who so doth a poore man wrong to increase his owne riches and geueth vnto the ryche at the last commeth to pouertie hym selfe 17 Bowe downe thyne eare and heare the wordes of the wise applie thy mind vnto my doctrine 18 For it is a pleasaunt thing if thou kepe them in thyne heart and order them in thy lippes 19 That thou mayest put thy trust in the Lorde I haue shewed thee this day the thing that thou knowest 20 Haue not I warned thee very oft with counsayle and learning 21 That I might make thee knowe the trueth that thou with the veritie mightest aunswere them that sende vnto thee 22 Rob not the poore because he is poore and oppresse not the simple in iudgement 23 For the Lorde him selfe wyll defende their cause and do violence vnto them that haue vsed violence 24 Make no frendship with an angrye wylfull man and walke not with the furious 25 Lest thou learne his wayes and receaue hurt to thy soule 26 Be not thou one of them that binde their hande vpon promise and are suretie for waightie causes 27 For if thou hast nothing to pay they shall take away thy bed from vnder thee 28 Thou shalt not remoue the auncient lande marke whiche thy fore elders haue set 29 Seest thou not that they which be diligent in their businesse stande before kinges not among the simple people The .xxiij. Chapter 1 WHen thou sittest to eate with a noble man consider diligently what is set before thee 2 Measure thyne appetite if it be gredyly set 3 Be not desirous of his daintie meates for meate begyleth and deceaueth 4 Take not ouer great trauayle to be riche beware of suche a purpose 5 Wylt thou set thyne eye vpon the thing which sodenly vanisheth away For riches make them selues wynges and take their flight lyke an Egle into the ayre 6 Eate thou not the bread of hym that hath an euyll eye neither desire thou his daintie meate 7 For as though he thought it in his heart he saith eate and drinke where as his heart is not with thee 8 The morsels that thou hast eaten shalt thou parbreake and loose those sweete wordes 9 Tell nothing into the eares of a foole for he wyll despise the wysdome
against the vayne traditions of men 1 WO vnto thee O Ariel Ariel thou citie that Dauid dwelt in Go on from yere to yere and let the lambes be slayne 2 I wyll lay siege vnto Ariel so that there shal be heauinesse and sorowe in it and it shal be vnto me euen an aulter of slaughter 3 A will besiege thee rounde about and fight against thee thorowe a bulwarke and wyll reare vp diches against thee 4 Thou shalt be brought downe and shalt speake out of the ground and thy speache shall go lowe out of the dust 5 Thy voyce also shall come out of the grounde lyke the voyce of a witche and thy talkyng shall whisper out of the dust 5 Moreouer the noyse of the straunge enemies shal be like thinne dust and the multitude of tirauntes shal be as drye strawe that can not tary euen sodenly and in haste shall their blast go 6 Thou shalt be visited of the Lorde of hoastes with thunder earthquake and with a great noyse with storme and tempest and with the flambe of a consuming fire 7 And the multitude of all nations that fight against Ariel shal be as a dreame seene by night euen so shall they be that make warre against it and strong holdes to ouercome it and that lay any siege vnto it 8 In conclusion it shal be euen as when a hungry man dreameth that he is eating and when he awaketh his soule is emptie or as when a thirstie man dreameth that he is drinking and when he awaketh he is yet fainte and his soule hath appetite euen so shall the multitude of all nations that fighteth against mount Sion 9 Ponder these thinges once in your mindes and wonder Blinded are they them selues and the blinde guides of other They are drunken but not with wine they are vnstable but not thorow strong drinke 10 For the Lorde hath couered you with a slumbring spirite and hath closed your eyes your prophetes also and rulers that shoulde see them hath he couered 11 And the vision of all the prophetes is become vnto you as the wordes of a booke that is sealed vp whiche men deliuer to one that is learned saying Reade thou in it and he saith I can not for it is sealed 12 And the booke is geuen to him that is not learned saying Reade thou in it and he saith I am not learned 13 Therfore thus hath the Lorde sayd Forsomuche as this people when they be in trouble do honour me with their mouth and with their lippes but their heart is farre fro me and the feare whiche they haue vnto me proceedeth of a commaundement that is taught of men 14 Therefore wyll I do marueyles among this people euen marueylous thinges I say and a wonder For the wysdome of their wyse men shall perishe and the vnderstanding of their wittie men shall hyde it selfe 15 Wo vnto them that kepe secrete their thoughtes to hide their counsell from the Lorde and to do their workes in darknesse saying Who seeth vs and who knoweth vs 16 Doubtlesse your destruction is in reputation as the potters clay And doth the worke say of hym that made it he made not me And doth an earthen vessell say of hym that fashioned it he had no vnderstanding 17 Is it not harde at hande that Libanus shal be turned into a low fielde and that the lowe fielde shal be taken as the wood 18 And in that day shall deafe men heare the wordes of the booke and the eyes of the blynde shall see euen out of the cloude and out of darknesse 19 The meeke spirited also shall be merie in the Lorde and the poore among them that be lowly shall reioyce in the holy one of Israel 20 For he that dyd violence is brought to naught and the scornefull man is consumed and they rooted out that made haste early to vnrighteousnesse 21 Making a man to sinne in the worde and that toke him in a snare whiche reproued them in the open place and they that haue turned the cause of the righteous to naught 22 Therefore thus saith the Lorde to the house of Iacob euen thus saith he that redeemed Abraham Iacob shall not nowe be confounded nor his face pale 23 But when he seeth his chyldren the worke of my handes in the middes of hym they shall sanctifie my name and prayse the holy one of Iacob and feare the God of Israel 24 They also that haue ben of an erronious spirite shall come to vnderstanding and they that haue ben scornefull shall learne doctrine The .xxx. Chapter 1 Against them that forsake the counsell of God and cleaue to the counsell of men 3 The prophete also threatneth the remnaunt of the people that after the destruction of Hierusalem went into Egypt 1 ALas for those disobedient chyldren saith the Lorde that they will take counsell and not of me that they wyll take a secrete aduice and not out of my spirite and therefore adde they sinne vnto sinne 2 Euen they that walke to go downe into Egypt and haue asked no question at my mouth but seeke strength in the might of Pharao and trust in the shadowe of Egypt 3 Therefore shall the strength of Pharao be your confusion and the trust in the shadowe of Egypt your shame 4 For his captaynes were at Zoan and his embassadours came vnto Hanes 5 They were ashamed of the people that coulde do them no good and that might not helpe them nor shewe them any profit but were their confusion and rebuke 6 The burthen of the beastes of the south In a land of trouble anguishe from whence shall come the young and olde lion the viper and firie serpent that fleeth against them that vpon coltes beare their riches and vpon camels their treasures to a people that can do them no good 7 For vayne and nothing worth shall the helpe of the Egyptians be Therefore haue I cryed vnto Hierusalem they shall haue strength inough if they wyll settle their mindes in quietnesse 8 Nowe therefore go thy way and write this before them in a table and note it in a booke that it may finally remaine and be kept styll for euer 9 For this is an obstinate people and dissembling chyldren chyldren that refuse to heare the lawe of the Lorde 10 For they say vnto the seers see not and to them that be cleare of iudgement loke not out right thinges for vs but speake fayre wordes vnto vs loke out errours 11 Get you out of this way depart out of this path and turne the holy one of Israel from vs. 12 Wherefore thus saith the holy one of Israel Because your heartes ryse against this word and because you trust in wrong dealing and peruerse iudgement and put your confidence therin 13 Therfore shall ye haue this mischiefe for your destruction and fall like as an hye wall that falleth because of some rift or blast whose breakyng commeth sodainly 14
wayes are so crooked that whosoeuer goeth therein knoweth of no peace 9 And this is the cause that equitie is so farre from vs and that righteousnesse commeth not nie vs We loke for light lo it is darknesse for the morning shine see we walke in the darke 10 We grope lyke the blinde vpon the wall we grope euen as one that hath none eyes we stumble at the noone day as though it were towarde night in the falling places lyke men that are halfe dead 11 We roare all like beares and mourne still like doues we looke for equitie but there is none for health but it is farre from vs. 12 For our offences are many before thee and our sinnes testifie against vs yea we must confesse that we offende and knowledge that we do amisse 13 Namely transgresse and dissemble against the Lorde and fall away from our God vsing presumpteous and trayterous imaginations and casting false matters in our heartes 14 And therefore is equitie gone aside and righteousnesse standeth farre of trueth is fallen downe in the streete and the thing that is playne and open may not be shewed 15 Yea the trueth is taken away and he that refraineth hym selfe from euyll must be spoyled When the Lorde sawe this it displeased hym sore that there was no equitie 16 He sawe also that there was no man righteous and he wondred that there was no man to helpe hym wherefore he helde hym by his owne power and he sustayned hym by his owne righteousnesse 17 He put righteousnesse vpon hym for a brest plate he set the helmet of health vpon his head He put on wrath in the steade of clothing and toke ielousie about him for a cloke 18 Euen as when a man goeth foorth wrathfully to recompence his enemies and to be auenged of his aduersaries he wyll recompence and rewarde the Ilandes 19 They shall feare the name of the Lorde from the rising of the sunne and his maiestie vnto the going downe of the same for he shall come as a violent water streame which the winde of the Lorde hath moued 20 But vnto Sion there shall come a redeemer and vnto them in Iacob that turne from wickednesse saith the Lord. 21 I wyll make this couenaunt with them saith the Lord My spirite that is vpon thee and the wordes whiche I haue put in thy mouth shall neuer go out of thy mouth nor out of the mouth of thy childers chyldren from this time foorth for euermore worlde without ende saith the Lorde The .lx. Chapter 1 A consolation and confort to Hierusalem 5 The Churche is gathered together among the gentiles by preaching of the gospell 16 and aboundeth with all good thinges 1 GEt thee vp betymes and be bright O Hierusalem for thy light commeth and the glorie of the Lord is risen vp vpon thee 2 For lo whyle the darknesse cloude couereth the earth and the people the Lorde shall shewe thee light and his glory shal be seene in thee 3 The gentiles shall come to thy light kinges to the brightnesse that springeth foorth vpon thee 4 Lift vp thyne eyes and loke rounde about thee all these gather them selues and come to thee thy sonnes shall come vnto thee from farre and thy daughters shall gather them selues to thee on euery side 5 Then thou shalt see this and be glorious thou shalt maruayle exceedingly and thyne heart shal be opened when the aboundaunce of the sea shal be conuerted vnto thee that is when the riches of the gentiles shall come vnto thee 6 The multitude of camels shall couer thee the dromedaries of Madian and Epha all they of Saba shall come bringing gold and incense and shewing the prayse of the Lorde 7 All the cattell of Cedar shal be gathered vnto thee the rammes of Nabaioth shall serue thee to be offred acceptablie vpon mine aulter and the house of my glory wyll I garnishe 8 But what are these that flee here like the cloudes and as the doues fleing to their windowes 9 The Isles also shall wayte for me and specially the shippes of Tharsis that they may bryng thy sonnes from farre and their siluer and their golde with them vnto the name of the Lorde thy God vnto the holy one of Israel that hath glorified thee 10 Straungers shall buylde vp thy walles and their kynges shall do thee seruice for whē I was angrie I smote thee and of my mercy I pardoned thee 11 Thy gates shall stande open still both day and night and neuer be shut that the hoast of the gentiles may come and that their kynges may be brought vnto thee 12 For euery people and kingdome that serueth not thee shall perishe and be destroyed with vtter destruction 13 The glory of Libanus shall come vnto thee the Firre trees Boxes and Cedars together to garnishe the place of my sanctuarie for I wyll glorifie the place of my feete 14 Moreouer those shall come kneeling vnto thee that haue vexed thee and all they that despised thee shall fall downe at thy foote Thou shalt be called the citie of the Lorde Sion the citie of the holy one of Israel 15 Because thou hast ben forsaken and hated so that no man went thorowe thee I wyl make thee glorious for euer and euer and ioyfull throughout all posterities 16 Thou shalt sucke the milke of the gentiles and kinges breastes shall feede thee and thou shalt knowe that I the Lorde am thy sauiour and redeemer the mightie one of Iacob 17 For brasse wyll I geue thee golde and for iron siluer for wood brasse and for stones iron I wyll turne thyne oppression into peace and thyne exactions into righteousnesse 18 Violence and robberie shall neuer be hearde of in thy lande neither harme and destruction within thy borders thy walles shal be called health and thy gates the prayse of God 19 The sunne shall neuer be thy day light and the light of the moone shall neuer shine vnto thee but the Lorde him selfe shal be thyne euerlasting light and thy God shal be thy glory 20 Thy sunne shall neuer go downe and thy moone shall not be hid for the Lorde hym selfe shal be thyne euerlasting light and thy sorowfull dayes shal be ended 21 Thy people shal be all righteous and possesse the lande euer the floure of my planting the worke of my hands wherof I wyll reioyce 22 The youngest and least shall growe into a thousande and the simplest into a strong people I the Lorde shall shortlye bryng this thing to passe in his tyme. ¶ The .lxj. Chapter 1 He prophesieth that Christe shal be annoynted and sent to preache 1 THe spirite of the Lord is vpon me for the Lord hath annoynted me and sent me to preache good tidinges vnto the poore that I might binde vp the wounded heartes that I might preache deliueraunce to the captiue and open the prison to thē that are bounde 2 That I might declare
haue forsaken me and sworne by them that are no gods and albeit that I fed them to the full yet they fall to adulterie and haunt harlottes houses 8 In the desire of vncleanly lust they are become lyke the stoned horse euery man neyeth at his neighbours wife 9 Shoulde I not correct this saith the Lorde shoulde I not be auenged of euery people that is lyke vnto this 10 Climbe vp vpon their walles beate them downe and destroy them not vtterly take away their battlementes because they are not the lordes 11 For vnfaithfully hath the house of Israel and Iuda forsaken me saith the Lorde 12 They haue denied the Lorde and sayde It is not he that loketh vpon vs tushe there shall no misfortune come vpon vs we shall see neither sworde nor hunger 13 As for the warning of the prophetes it is but wynde yea there is not the worde of God in them such thynges shall happen vnto them selues 14 Wherfore thus saith the Lorde God of hoastes Because ye speake such wordes beholde the wordes that are in thy mouth wyll I turne to fire and make the people to be wood that the fire may consume them 15 Lo I wyll bryng a people vpon you from farre O house of Israel saith the Lorde a mightie people an olde people a people whose speache thou knowest not neither vnderstandest what they say 16 Their arrowes are sodayne death yea they them selues be very giauntes 17 This people shall eate vp thy fruite and thy meate yea they shall deuour thy sonnes thy daughters thy sheepe and thy bullockes they shall eate vp thy grapes and figges As for thy strong and well defensed cities wherin thou didst trust they shall bryng to pouertie and that through the sworde 18 Neuerthelesse I wyll not then haue done with you saith the Lorde 19 But if they say wherfore doth the Lorde our God all this vnto vs Then aunswere them because that lyke as ye haue forsaken me serued straunge gods in your lande euen so shal ye serue straungers out of your lande 20 Preach this vnto the house of Iacob and crye it out in Iuda and say thus 21 Heare this thou foolishe and vndiscreete people ye haue eyes but ye see not eares haue ye but ye heare not 22 Feare ye not me saith the Lorde will ye not tremble at my presence which bynde the sea with the sande by a continuall decree so that it can not passe his boundes for though it rage yet can it do nothing and though the waues therof do swell yet may they not go ouer 23 But this people hath a false and obstinate heart they are departed and gone away fro me 24 They thinke not in their heartes O let vs feare the Lord our God who geueth vs raine early and late when nede is whiche kepeth euer still the haruest for vs yerely 25 Neuerthesse your misdeedes haue turned these from you and your sinnes haue robbed you of good thinges 26 For among my people are found wicked persons that priuily lay snares and wayte for men to take them and destroy them 27 And like as a nette is full of byrdes so are their houses full of that which they haue gotten with falshood and deceipt Hereof commeth their great substaunce and riches 28 Hereof are they fat and welthy and are more mischieuous then any other they minister not the lawe they make no ende of the fatherlesse cause yea and they prosper yet they iudge not the poore according to equitie 29 Should I not punishe these thinges saith the Lorde should not I be auenged of all suche people as these be 30 Horrible and greeuous thinges are done in the lande 31 The prophetes teache falsely and the preachers receaue giftes and my people hath pleasure therein what wyll come thereof at the last The .vj. Chapter 1 The sinnes for whiche Hierusalem is afflict 10 Vncircumcised eares 13 couetousnesse 14 deceipt 20 The Lord reiecteth the sacrifices of the Iewes 22 The comming of the Babylonians is prophecied againe 1 COme out of Hierusalem ye strong chyldrē of Beniamin blowe vp the trumpettes ye Thecuites set vp a token vnto Bethcaran for a plague a great miserie appeareth out from the north 2 I wyll liken the daughter Sion to a faire and tender woman and to her shall come the shepheardes with their flockes 3 Their tentes shall they pitche rounde about her and euery one shall feede in his place 4 Make battayle against her shall they say aryse let vs go vp whyle it is yet day Alas the day goeth away and the night shadowes fall downe 5 Arise let vs go vp by night and destroy her strong holdes 6 For thus hath the Lorde of hoastes commaunded Hewe downe her trees and set vp bulwarkes against Hierusalem for the tyme is come that this citie must be punished for in her is all maliciousnesse 7 Like as a conduite spouteth out waters so she spouteth out her wickednesse Robberie and vnrighteousnesse is hearde in her sorowe and woundes are euer there in my sight 8 Amende thee O Hierusalem lest I withdrawe my heart from thee and make thee desolate and thy lande also that no man dwell in it 9 For thus saith the Lorde of hoastes The residue of Israel shal be gathered as the remnaunt of grapes and therefore turne thyne hande agayne into the basket like the grape gatherer 10 But vnto whom shall I speake whom shall I warne that he may take heede Their eares are so vncircumcised that they may not heare beholde they take the worde of God but for a scorne and haue no lust therto 11 And therefore I am so full of thyne indignation O Lorde that I may suffer no lenger but shed it out vpon the chyldren that are without and vpon all young men yea the man must be taken prisoner with the wife and the aged with the creeple 12 Their houses with their landes and wiues shal be turned into straungers for I wyll stretche out mine hand vpon the inhabitours of this lande saith the Lorde 13 For from the least to the most they hang all vpon couetousnesse and from the prophete vnto the priest they go about falshood and lyes 14 And beside that they heale the hurt of my people with sweete wordes saying Peace peace when there is no peace at all 15 Were they ashamed when they had committed abhomination Truly nay they be past shame and therefore they shall fall among the slayne and in the houre when I shall visite them they shal be brought downe saith the Lorde 16 Thus saith the Lorde Go into the streetes consider and make inquisition for the olde way and if it be the good and right way then go therein that ye may finde rest for your soules but they say we wyll not walke therin 17 Moreouer I wyl set watchmen ouer you and therefore take heede vnto the voyce
thy faythfulnesse 24 The Lorde is my portion saith my soule therefore wyll I hope in hym 25 O howe good is the Lord vnto them that put their trust in hym and to the soule that seeketh after hym 26 The good man with stilnesse and pacience taryeth for the health of the Lorde 27 O howe good is it for a man to take the yoke vpon him from his youth vp 28 He sitteth alone he holdeth hym styll because he hath taken the Lordes yoke vpon hym 29 He layeth his face vpon the earth if there happen to be any hope 30 He offreth his cheeke to the smyter he wyll be content with reproffes 31 For the Lord wil not forsake for euer 32 But though he punishe yet according to the multitude of his mercies he receaueth to grace agayne 33 For he doth not plague willingly and afflict the chyldren of men 34 To treade all the prysoners of the earth vnder his feete 35 To moue the iudgement of man before the most highest 36 To condemne a man in his cause the Lord hath not pleasure in such thinges 37 What is he then that saith there should some thing be done without the Lordes commaundement 38 Out of the mouth of the most highest goeth not euyll and good 39 Wherefore then murmureth the liuing man let hym murmure at his owne sinne 40 Let vs looke well vpon our wayes and remember our selues and turne agayne to the Lorde 41 Let vs lift our heartes with our handes vnto the Lorde that is in heauen 42 We haue ben dissemblers and haue offended wylt thou therefore not be intreated 43 Thou hast couered vs in thy wrath and persecuted vs thou hast slayne vs without any fauour 44 Thou hast hid thy selfe in a cloude that our prayer should not go through 45 Thou hast made vs outcastes and to be despised among the people 46 All our enemies gape vpon vs. 47 Feare and pit is come vpon vs yea deceipt and destruction 48 Whole riuers of water gushe out of mine eyes for the hurt of my people 49 Myne eyes runne and cannot ceasse for there is no rest 50 O Lorde when wylt thou looke downe from heauen and consider 51 Mine eyes breaketh my heart because of all the daughters of my citie 52 Mine enemies hunted me out sharply like a byrde yea that without a cause 53 They haue put downe my life into a pit and they haue cast stones vpon me 54 They haue powred water vpon my head then thought I nowe am I vndone 55 I called vpon thy name O Lorde out of the deepe pit 56 Thou hast heard my voyce and hast not turned away thyne eares from my sighing and crying 57 Thou hast inclyned thy selfe vnto me when I called vpon thee and hast said feare not 58 Thou O Lorde hast mayntayned the cause of my soule and hast redeemed my lyfe 59 O Lorde thou hast seene my wrong take thou my cause vpon thee 60 Thou hast well considered howe they go about to do me harme and that all their counsels are against me 61 Thou hast hearde their despitefull wordes O Lorde yea and all the imaginations against me 62 The lippes of mine enemies and their deuises that they take against me al the day long 63 Thou seest also their sitting downe and their rising vp they make their songes of nothing but of me 64 Rewarde them O Lorde according to the workes of their handes 65 Geue them an obstinate heart euen thy curse 66 Persecute them O Lorde with thyne indignation and roote them out from vnder the heauen ¶ The .iiij. Chapter 1 O Howe is the golde become so dimme howe is the most fine golde so sore chaunged and the stones of the sanctuarie thus scattered in the corner of euery streete 2 The chyldren of Sion that were alway in honour and clothed with the most precious golde howe are they nowe become lyke the earthen vessels whiche be made with the potters hande 3 The dragons geue their young ones sucke with bare brestes but the daughter of my people is cruel like the Estriches in the wildernesse 4 The tongues of the sucking chyldren cleaue to the roofe of their mouthes for very thyrst the young chyldren aske bread but there is no man that geueth it them 5 They that were wont to fare delicatelye perishe in the streetes they that afore were brought vp in purple make nowe muche of doung 6 The sinne of the daughter of my people is become greater then the wickednesse of Sodome that sodaynely was destroyed and not taken with handes 7 Her abstayners were whyter then the snowe or milke their colour was freshe red as corall their beautie like the Saphire 8 But nowe their faces be very blacke insomuche that thou shouldest not knowe them in the streetes their skinne cleaueth to their bones it is withered and become like a drye stocke 9 They that be slayne with the sworde are happier then such as dye of hunger and perishe away famishing for the fruites of the fielde 10 The women whiche of nature are pitifull haue sodden their owne chyldren with their hands that they might be their meate in the miserable destruction of the daughter of my people 11 The Lorde hath perfourmed his heauie wrath he hath powred out the furiousnesse of his displeasure he hath kindeled a fire in Sion which hath consumed the foundations therof 12 Neither the kynges of the earth nor all the inhabitours of the world would haue beleued that the enemie and aduersarie shoulde haue come in at the gates of the citie of Hierusalem 13 Whiche neuerthelesse is come to passe for the sinne of her prophetes and for the wickednesse of her priestes that haue shed innocents blood within her 14 As blinde men went they stumbling in the streetes and stayned them selues with blood insomuch that the heathen woulde in no wyse touche their garmentes 15 But they cryed vnto them flee ye polluted away get you hence touche not for they are vncleane and be remoued yea they haue said among the heathen they shall no more dwell in this citie 16 The countenaunce of the Lorde hath banished them and shall neuer looke more vpon them for they them selues neither regarded the priestes nor pitied their elders 17 Wherefore yet our eyes fayled vs whyles we looked for our vayne helpe seeing we euer wayted vpon a people that coulde do vs no good 18 They lay so sharpe wayte for vs that we can not go safe vpon the streetes for our ende is come our dayes are fulfilled our ende is here 19 Our persecutours are swifter then the Egles of the ayre they folowed vppon vs ouer the mountaynes and layde wayte for vs in the wyldernesse 20 The very breath of our mouth euen the annointed of the Lorde hym selfe was taken in their net of whom we say Vnder his shadowe we shal be preserued among the heathen 21 And thou O daughter Edom that dwellest in the land
teareth in peeces and there is no man that can deliuer 9 Thyne hand shal be lyft vp vpon thyne enemies and all thyne aduersaries shall perishe 10 And it shall come to passe in that day saith the Lorde that I wyll take thyne horses from thee and destroy thy charrettes 11 I wyll breake downe the cities of thy lande and ouerthrowe all thy strong holdes 12 All witchcraftes wyll I roote out of thyne hande there shall no mo soothsayinges be within thee 13 Thyne idols and thyne images wyll I destroy out of thee so that thou shalt no more bowe thy selfe vnto the workes of thyne owne handes 14 Thy groues wyll I plucke vp by the rootes and breake downe thy cities 15 And I wyll execute a vengeaunce in my wrath indignation vpon the heathen such as they haue not heard The .vi. Chapter 1 An exhortation to heare the iudgement against Israel being vnkinde 8 What maner of sacrifices do please God 1 HEarken ye nowe what the Lorde sayth Arise thou and contend with the mountaynes and let the hilles heare thy voyce 2 Heare O ye mountaines the Lordes quarel and ye mightie foundations of the earth for the Lorde hath a quarell against his people and wyll pleade with Israel 3 O my people what haue I done vnto thee or wherein haue I greeued thee geue me aunswere 4 For I brought thee out of the lande of Egypt deliuered thee out of the house of bondage and I made Moyses Aaron and Miriam to leade thee 5 Remember O my people what Balaâ—h the king of Moab had deuised against thee and what aunswere that Balaam the sonne of Beor gaue him from Sethin vnto Galgal that ye may knowe the righteousnesse of the Lorde 6 Wherewith shall I come before the Lorde and bowe my selfe to the hye God Shall I come before him with burnt offeringes and with calues of a yere olde 7 Hath the Lorde a pleasure in many thousandes of Rammes or innumerable streames of oyle shall I geue my first borne for myne offences and the fruite of my body for the sinne of my soule 8 He hath shewed thee O man what is good and what the Lorde requireth of thee namely to do iustly to loue mercie and to humble thy selfe to walke with thy God 9 The Lordes voyce cryeth vnto the citie and the man that shal be saued considereth thy name hearken what is your rodde heare him that warneth you 10 Are not yet the treasures of wickednesse in the house of the wicked and the scant measure which is abhominable 11 Should I iustifie the false balaunces and the bagge of deceitfull weightes 12 For the riche men thereof are full of crueltie and the inhabitantes thereof haue spoken lyes and haue deceitfull tongues in their mouthes 13 Therefore I wyll take in hande to punishe thee and to make thee desolate because of thy sinnes 14 Thou shalt eate and not haue inough yea thou shalt bring thy selfe downe in the middes of thee thou shalt flee but not escape and those that thou wouldest saue wyll I deliuer to the sworde 15 Thou shalt sowe but not reape thou shalt presse out Oliues but oyle shalt thou not haue to annoynt thy selfe withall thou shalt tread out sweete must but shalt drincke no wine 16 Ye kepe the ordinaunces of Amri and all the customes of the house of Ahab ye walke in their counsels therfore wyl I make thee waste and cause thy inhabiters to be hissed at and ye shall beare the reproche of my people The .vii. Chapter 1 A complaynt of the litle number of the righteous 5 Against the trueth ought wâ— not to holde with our greatest friendes 14 The prosperiâ—ie of the church 1 WO is me I am become as one that goeth a gleanyng in the haruest there are no mo grapes to eate yet would I faine with al my hearte haue of the best fruite 2 There is not a godly vpon earth there is not one righteous among men they al lye in wayte for blood and euery man hunteth his brother to death 3 Yet they say they do wel when they do euyll the prince asketh and the iudge iudgeth for a rewarde therfore the great man speaketh out of the corruption of his soule and so they wrappe it vp 4 The best of them is as bryer and the most righteous of them is sharper then a thorne hedge the day of thy watchmen and of thy visitation commeth then shal be their confusion 5 Let no man beleeue his friende nor put his confidence in his brother kepe the doore of thy mouth from her that lyeth in thy bosome 6 For the sonne dishonoreth his father the daughter riseth against her mother the daughter in law against her mother in lawe and a mans foes are euen they of his owne housholde 7 Neuerthelesse I wil looke vp vnto the Lorde I will patiently abyde God my sauiour my God shall heare me 8 O thou enemie of myne reioyce not at my fall for I shall rise againe though I sit in darkenesse yet the Lorde is my light 9 I will beare the wrath of the Lord for I haue offended hym till he sit in iudgement vpon my cause and see that I haue right then will he bring me foorth to the light and I shall see his righousnesse 10 She that is myne enemie shall loke vpon it and be confounded which nowe sayth Where is the Lorde thy God myne eyes shall beholde her when she shal be troden downe as the myre in the streetes 11 This is the day that thy walles shal be buylt this day shall dryue farre away the decree 12 And at that time shall they come vnto thee from Assur from the strong cities and from the strong holdes euen vnto the riuer from the one sea to the other and from mountayne to mountayne 13 Notwithstanding the land must be wasted because of them that dwell therin and for the fruites of their owne imaginations 14 Therfore feede thy people with thy rod the flocke of thyne heritage whiche dwel desolate in the wood that they may be fed vpon the mount of Carmel Basan and Gilead as aforetime 15 Maruelous thinges wil I shewe thee like as when thou camest out of the lande of Egypt 16 This shall the heathen see and be ashamed for all their power so that they shall lay their hande vpon their mouth and stoppe their eares 17 They shal licke the dust like a serpente and as the wormes of the earth that tremble in their holes they shal be afrayde of the Lorde our God and they shall feare thee 18 Who is such a God as thou that pardonest wickednesse and forgeuest the offences of the remnaunt of thyne heritage He kepeth not his wrath for euer for his delite is to haue compassion 19 He shall turne againe and be merciful to vs he shall put downe our wickednesses and cast all our sinnes into the bottome of the sea 20
life geuen thee 6 O Lorde if thou suffer not thy seruaunt to intreate thee that thou mayest geue seede vnto our heart and buylde our vnderstanding that there maye come fruite of it wherby eche man may liue that is corrupt then who shall step foorth in the place of man 7 For thou art alone and we all one workemanship of thy handes like as thou hast sayde 8 For when the body is fashioned nowe in the mothers wombe and thou geuest the membres thy creature is preserued in fire and water and nine monethes doth thy worke suffer thy creature whiche is fashioned in her 9 But the thinges that kepeth and that is kept shall both be preserued and when the time commeth the wombe preserued deliuereth vp the thinges that grewe in it 10 For thou hast commaunded the partes of the body euen the breastes to geue milke vnto the fruite of the breastes 11 That the thing whiche is created and fashioned may be nourished for a time till thou disposest and ordrest it with thy mercy 12 And then thou bringest it vp with thy righteousnesse nurturest it in thy lawe and refourmest it with thy vnderstanding 13 Mortifiest it as thy creature and makest it liuing as thy worke 14 Seing then that thou destroyest him whiche with so great labours is created and fashioned thorowe thy commaundement thou couldest lightly ordayne also that the thing whiche is made might be preserued 15 Nowe therfore Lord I wyll speake for concerning all men in generall thou shalt rather prouide but touching thy people for whose sake I am sory 16 And thyne inheritaunce for whose cause I mourne and Israel for whom I am wofull and Iacob for whose sake I am greeued 17 Therfore begin I to pray before thee for my selfe and for them for I see the fauls of vs that dwell in the lande 18 But I haue hearde the swiftnesse of the iudge whiche is to come 19 Therefore heare my voyce and vnderstand my wordes and I shal speake before thee This is the beginning of the wordes of Esdras before he was taken vp 20 O Lord thou that dwellest in euerlastingnesse which beholdest from aboue thinges in the heauen and in the ayre 21 Whos 's throne is inestimable whose glory â—and maiestieâ— may not be comprehended before whom the hoastes of angels stande with tremblyng 22 Whos 's keping is turned in winde and fire whose worde is true whose sayinges are stedfast whose commaundement is strong whose ordinaunce is fearefull 23 Whose looke dryeth vp the deapthes whose wrath maketh the mountaynes to melt away and whose trueth beareth witnesse 24 O heare the prayer of thy seruaunt and marke with thyne eares the petition of thy creature 25 For whyle I liue I wyll speake and so long as I haue vnderstanding I wyll aunswere 26 O looke not vpon the sinnes of thy people rather then on them whiche serue thee in trueth 27 Haue no respect vnto the wicked stustiâ—s of the heathen but to the desire of those that kepe thy testimonies with afflictions 28 Thinke not vpon those that haue walked faynedly before thee but remember them which according to thy wyll haue knowen thy feare 29 Let it not be thy will to destroy them whiche haue had beastly maners but to looke vpon them that haue clearely taught thy lawe 30 Take thou no indignation at them whiche are worse then beastes but loue them that alway put their trust in thy righteousnesse and glory 31 For we and our fathers haue all the same sicknes and disease but because of vs sinners thou shalt be called merciful 32 For if thou hast mercy vpon vs thou shalt be called mercifull to vs that haue no workes of righteousnesse 33 For the righteous whiche haue layde vp many good workes together shall out of their deedes receaue rewarde 34 But what is man that thou shouldest take displeasure at hym Or what is this corruptible and mortall generation that thou shouldest be so rough towarde hâ—m 35 For of a trueth there is no maÌ„ among them that be borne but he hath dealt wickedly among the fayâ—hfull there is none which hath not done amisse 36 For in this O Lorde thy righteousnesse and thy goodnesse shal be praysed and declared if thou be mercifull vnto them whiche are not riche in good workes 37 Then aunswered he me and sayde Some things hast thou spoken aright according vnto thy wordes it shal be 38 For I wyll not veryly consider the workes of them whiche haue sinned before death before iudgement before destruction 39 But I wyll reioyce ouer the worke and thought of the righteous I wyll remember also the pilgrimage the saluation and the rewarde that they shall haue 40 Like as I haue spoken nowe so shall it come to passe 41 For as the husbandman soweth much seede vpon the grounde and planteth many trees and yet alway the thing that is sowne or planted is not all kept safe neither doth it all take roote Euen so is it of them that are sowen in the worlde they shall not all be saued 42 I aunswered then and sayde If I haue founde grace then let me speake 43 Like as the husbandmans seede perisheth if it come not vp and receaue not thy rayne in due season or if there come to much rayne vpon it and corrupt it 44 Euen so perisheth man also which is created with thy handes and is like vnto thyne owne image and to thy selfe for whose sake thou hast made all thinges and lykened hym vnto the husbandmans seede 45 Be not wroth with vs O Lorde but spare thy people and haue mercy vpon thyne owne inheritaunce for thou wylt be mercyfull vnto thy creature 46 Then aunswered he me and sayde Thinges present are for the present and thinges to come for such as be to come 47 For thou lackest yet much seing thou canst loue my creature aboue me but I haue oft tymes drawen nye vnto thee and vnto it but neuer to the vnrighteous 48 In this also thou art marueylous before the highest 49 In that thou hast humbled thy selfe as it becommeth thee and hast not iudged thy selfe worthy to be much glorified among the righteous 50 For many and great miseries remaine for them that in the latter tyme shall dwell in the worlde because they haue walked in great pride 51 But vnderstande thou for thy selfe and seeke out the glory for suche as be like thee 52 For vnto you is paradise opened the tree of life is planted the tyme to come is prepared plenteousnes is made redy the citie is buylded for you and rest is prepared yea perfect goodnes and wysdome 53 The roote of euyll is marked from you the weakenesse and moth is hid from you and into hell fleeth corruption in forgetfulnesse 54 Sorowes are vanished away and in the ende is shewed the treasure of immortalitie 55 And therfore aske thou no more questions concerning the multitude of them that perishe
opened I my mouth and beholde he reached me a full cuppe which was full as it were with water but the colour of it was lyke fire 40 And I toke it and dranke And when I had drunken it my heart had vnderdandyng and wisdome grewe in my brest for my spirite was strenthened in remembraunce 41 And my mouth was opened and shut no more 42 The hyest gaue vnderstandyng vnto the fyue men that they wrote the hye thynges of the nyght which they vnderstoode not 43 But in the nyght they dyd eate bread as for me I spake in the day and helde not my tongue by nyght 44 In fourtie dayes they wrote two hundred and foure bookes 45 And it came to passe when the fourtie dayes were fulfylled that the hyest spake saying The first that thou hast written publishe openly that the worthy and vnworthy may reade it 46 But kepe the seuentie last that thou mayest deliuer them only to such as be wise among thy people 47 For in them is the spring of vnderstandyng the fountayne of wisdome and the streame of knowledge 48 And I dyd so The .xv. Chapter 1 The prophecie of Esdras is certayne 5 The euils that shall come on the worlde 9 The Lord wyll auenge the innocent blood 12 Egypt shall lament 16 Sedition 20 and punishment vpon the kynges of the earth 24 Cursed are they that sinne 29 Troubles warres vpon the whole earth 53 God is the reuenger of his elect 1 BEholde speake thou in the eares of my people the wordes of prophecie which I wyll put in thy mouth sayth the Lorde 2 And cause them to be written in a letter for it is the trueth 3 Feare not the imaginations agaynst thee Let not the vnfaythfulnesse of them trouble thee that speake agaynst thee 4 For all the vnfaythfull shall dye in their vnfaythfulnesse 5 Beholde saith the Lorde I will bring plagues vpon the worlde the sworde hunger death and destruction 6 For wickednesse hath the vpper hande in all the earth and their shamefull workes are fulfylled 7 Therfore sayth the Lorde 8 I wyll holde my tongue no more of their wickednesse which they do so vngodly neither wyll I suffer them in the thynges that they deale withall so wickedly Beholde the innocent and ryghteous blood cryeth vnto me and the soules of the iust complaine continually 9 And therfore sayth the Lorde I wyll surely auenge and receaue vnto me all the innocent blood from among them 10 Beholde my people is led as a flocke of sheepe to be slayne I wyll not suffer them nowe to dwell in the lande of Egypt 11 But wyll bryng them out with a mightie hande and a stretched out arme and smite it with plagues as afore and wyll destroy all the lande of it 12 Egypt shall mourne and the foundations of it shal be smitten with the plague and punishment that God shall bryng vpon it 13 They that tyll the grounde shall mourne for their seedes shal be destroyed through the blastyng and hayle and by an horrible starre 14 Wo worth the worlde and them that dwell therin 15 For the sworde and their destruction draweth nye and one people shal stande vp to fyght agaynst another swordes in their handes 16 For men shal be vnstedfast and some shall do violence vnto other they shall not regarde their kyng and the princes shall measure the way of their doinges by their power 17 A man shall desire to go into a citie and shall not be able 18 For because of their pride the cities shal be troubled the houses shall tremble and men shal be afrayde 19 A man shall haue no pitie vpon his neyghbour but shall destroy their houses with the sword and spoyle their goodes because of the hunger of bread and because of the great trouble 20 Beholde sayth God I call together all the kynges of the earth to reuerence me which are from the vprisyng from the south from the east and Libanus to turne vpon them and restore the thynges that they haue done to them 21 Lyke as they do yet this day vnto my chosen so wyll I do also and recompence them in their bosome Thus saith the Lorde God 22 My ryght hande shall not spare the sinners and my sworde shall not ceasse ouer them that shed the innocent blood vpon earth 23 The fire is gone out from his wrath hath consumed the foundations of the earth and the sinners lyke the strawe that is kyndled 24 Wo worth them that sinne and kepe not my commaundementes sayth the Lorde 25 I wyll not spare them Go your way ye children from the power defile not my sanctuarie 26 For the Lorde knoweth all them that sinne agaynst him therfore deliuereth he them vnto death and destruction 27 For nowe are the plagues come vpon the worlde and ye shall remayne in them For God shall not deliuer you because ye haue sinned agaynst hym 28 Beholde an horrible vision commeth from the east 29 Where generations of dragons of Arabia shal come out with many charettes the multitude of them shal be caryed as the wynde vpon earth that all they which heare them may feare tremble 30 Euen the Carmanies raging in wrath shall go foorth as the wylde boores of the forrest and with great power shall they come and stande fyghtyng with them and shall waste a portion of the lande of the Assyrians 31 And then shall the dragons haue the vpper hande and remembring their nature shall turne about conspiryng together in great power to persecute thē 32 Then these shal be troubled and kepe scilence in their power and shall flee 33 And from the lande of the Assyrians shall the enemie besiege them and consume some of them and in their hoast shal be feare and dread and strife among their kynges 34 Beholde cloudes from the east and from the north vnto the south and they are very horrible to loke vpon full of wrath and storme 35 They shall smite one vpon another and they shal smite downe a great multitude of starres vpon the earth euen their owne starre and the blood shal be from the sworde vnto the belly 36 And the doung of man vnto the Camels litter 37 And there shal be great fearfulnesse and tremblyng vpon earth and they that see the wrath shal be afraide and a tremblyng shall come vpon them 38 And then shal there come great raynes from the south and from the north and part from the west 39 And strong wyndes shall aryse from the east and shall open it and the cloude which he raysed vp in wrath and the starre stirred to cause feare towarde the east and west wind shal be destroyed 40 The great cloudes shal be lift vp and the mightie cloudes full of wrath and the starre that they may make all the earth afrayde and them that dwell therin and that they may powre out ouer euery high place an horrible starre 41 Fire and hayle and fleing
cunning he geueth it some proportion fashioneth it after the similitude of a man 14 Or maketh it lyke some vyle beast straketh it ouer with red and paynteth it and looke what foule spot is in it he casteth some colour vpon it 15 Then maketh he a conuenient tabernacle for it setteth it in the wall and maketh it fast with iron 16 Prouiding so for it lest it happen to fall for it is well knowen that it can not helpe it selfe For why it is but an image and must of necessitie be helped 17 Then making prayer for his goodes for his mariage and for chyldren he is not ashamed to speake to that whiche hath no soule 18 For health he maketh his petition vnto him that is sicke for life he humblie prayeth vnto hym that is dead he calleth vpon hym for helpe that hath no experience at all and to sende hym a good iourney he prayeth him that may not go 19 And for gayne for worke and for successe of his affayres he asketh power of hym whiche is without all maner of power ¶ The .xiiij. Chapter 1 The detestation and abhomination of images 8 A curse of them and of him that maketh them 14 Whereof idolatrie proceeded 23 What euils come of idolatrie 1 AGayne another man purposing to sayle and beginning to take his iourney thorowe the raging sea calleth for helpe vnto a stocke that is farre weaker then the vessell that beareth hym 2 For as for it couetousnesse of money hath founde it out and the craftes man made it with his cunning 3 But thy prouidence O father gouerneth it * For thou hast made a way euen in the sea and a sure path in the middest of the waues 4 Declaring therby that thou hast power to helpe in all thinges yea though a man went to the sea without ship 5 Neuerthelesse thou wouldest not that the workes of thy wysdome shoulde be in vayne and therefore do men commit their liues to a small peece of wood passing ouer the stormie sea in a ship and are saued 6 For in the olde tyme also when the proude giauntes perished he in whom the hope was left to increase the world went into the ship whiche was gouerned thorowe thy hand and so left seede behynde hym vnto the worlde 7 For happy is the tree wherthrough righteousnesse commeth 8 But cursed is the idoll that is made with handes yea both it and he that made it He because he made it and it because it was called God whereas it is but a frayle thing 9 For the vngodly and his vngodlynesse are both like abhominable vnto God 10 Euen so the worke and he that made it also shal be punished together 11 Therefore shall there a plague come vpon the idols of the heathen for out of the creature of God they are become an abhomination a temptation vnto the soules of men and a snare for the feete of the vnwyse 12 For why the seeking out of idols is the beginning of whordome and the bringing vp of them is the destruction of lyfe 13 For they were not from the beginning neither shall they continue for euer 14 The vayneglory of men hath founde them out vpon earth therfore shal they come shortly to an ende 15 For when a father mourned heauyly for his sonne sodainely taken away from hym he made hym an image and hym whiche then was but a dead man he now began to worship as a god and ordayned for his seruauntes ceremonies and sacrifices 16 Thus by processe of time this vngracious custome being waxen strong was kept as a lawe and images were worshipped by commaundement of tirauntes 17 As for those that were so farre of that men might not worship them present their visage beyng drawne out from farre of was made as the cleare image of an honourable king that they might with affection flatter aswell the absent as the present 18 Agayne the singuler ambition of the craftes man gaue the ignoraunt also a great occasion to increase the superstition 19 For he willing to please one peraduenture that bare rule laboured with all his cunning to make the image of the best fashion 20 And so thorowe the beautie of the worke the common people being therto allured toke hym nowe for a god whiche a litle before was but honoured as a man 21 And this was to the deceauing of mans life when men either with calamitie or tirannie oppressed ascribed vnto stones and stockes that name of God whiche ought not to be geuen vnto any thing els 22 Moreouer this was not inough for them that they erred in the knowledge of God but where as they liued in the great warre of ignoraunce those so many and great plagues called they peace 23 For either they slue their owne chyldren and offred them in sacrifice or vsed secrete ceremonies or folowed madde drunken dissolutenesse of rites in sacrifice 24 So that they kept neither life nor mariage cleane but either one slue another traytorously or greeued hym by adulterie 25 So that there raigned in al men without exception blood manslaughter theft dissimulation corruption vnfaythfulnesse sedition periurie 26 Disquieting of good men vnthankefulnesse defiling of soules chaunging of byrth disordering of mariages adulterie and vncleanenesse 27 For why the honouring of abhomible images is the beginning the cause and ende of all euill 28 For they that worship idols eyther they are madde when they be merie or prophesie lies or liue vngodly or els lightly forsweare them selues 29 For insomuche as their trust is in the idols whiche haue no soule though they sweare falsely yet they thinke it shall not hurt them 30 Therefore commeth a great plague vpon them and that worthyly for both causes for they haue an euyll opinion of God that geue heede vnto idols and they sweare vniustly in deceipt despising holynes 31 For it is not the power of them by whom they sweare but it is the iust vengeaunce of sinners that punisheth alwayes the offence of the vngodly doers ¶ The .xv. Chapter ¶ The voyce of the faythfull praysing the mercy of God by whose grace they serue not idols 1 BVt thou O our God art gratious true and long suffring and in mercy ordrest thou all thinges 2 Though we sinne yet are we thyne for we knowe thy strength but we wyll not sinne because we knowe we are counted thyne 3 For to knowe thee is perfect righteousnes yea to knowe thy power is the roote of immortalitie 4 As for the thing that men haue found out through their euyll science it hath not deceaued vs nor the paynters vnprofitable labour to wit an image spotted with diuers colours 5 Whose sight entiseth the ignoraunt to lust after it and he desireth the picture of a dead image that hath no breath 6 Both they that make them
men might knowe that thankes ought to be geuen vnto thee before the sunne ryse and that thou oughtest to be worshipped before the day spring 29 For the hope of the vnthankfull shall melt away as the winter yse and flowe away as vnprofitable water ¶ The .xvij. Chapter ¶ The iudgementes of God against the wicked 1 FOr great are thy iudgmentes O Lorde and can not be expressed therefore men do erre that wyll not be refourmed by thy wysdome 2 For when the vnrighteous thought to haue thy holy people in subiection they were bounde with the bandes of darknesse and long night shut vp vnder roofes and lay there to escape the eternall prouidence 3 And whyle they thought to be hyd in the darknesse of their sinnes they were scattered abrode in the very middest of the darke couering of forgetfulnesse put to horrible feare and wonderouslye vexed 4 For the corner where they lay hyd might not kepe them from feare because the soundes came rounde about them and vexed them yea many terrible and straunge visions appeared vnto them 5 No power of the fire might geue them light neither might the cleare flambes of the starres lightē the horrible night 6 But there appeared vnto them a sodayne fire only very dreadfull At the which sight wherin they sawe nothing throughly they were so afrayde that they thought the thing whiche they sawe to be the more fearefull 7 As for the illusions of the magicall art they came to naught and it was a most shamefull reproche of the pryde that they had of their owne wysdome 8 For they that promised to driue away the feares and troubles from the sicke soule were sicke them selues with feare worthy to be laughed at 9 For though no terrible thing did feare them yet were they afrayde at the beastes whiche passed by them and at the hissing of the serpentes 10 Insomuch that with trembling they sowned and sayde they sawe not the ayre whiche no man yet may escape 11 For malice is a dreadfull thing that is condempned by his owne witnesse and beyng pressed with conscience it euer suspecteth cruel thinges 12 For feare is nothing els but a betraying of the succours whiche reason offereth 13 And looke howe muche the lesse his hope is within the greater doth he recount his ignoraunce of that cause that bryngeth the torment 14 But they that dyd indure the night that in deede was intollerable and that came from the dungeons of intollerable hell sleping the same sleepe 15 Were somtimes chased with monsterous apparitions and sometymes they sowned as their owne soules had betrayed them for an hastie feare that was not looked for came vpon them 16 And thus whosoeuer was there fallen he was in pryson but without chaines 17 For whether a man had occupied husbandrie or had ben an heardman or labourer in the woods if he were taken he suffred intollerable necessitie 18 For they were all bounde with one chayne of darknesse whether it were a blasing winde or a sweete song of the byrdes among the thicke braunches of the trees or the vehemencie of hastie running water 19 Or great noyse of the falling downe of stones or the runnyng of playing beastes whiche they sawe not or the mightie noyse of roaring wilde beastes or the sounde that aunswered agayne in the holonesse of mountaynes these terrible thinges made them sowne for very feare 20 For all the earth shined with cleare light and no man was hindered in his labour 21 Onlye vpon them there fell a heauie night an image of darknesse that was to come vpon them Yea they were vnto them selues more heauie then darknesse ¶ The .xviij. Chapter 3 The firie piller that the Israelites had in Egypt 8 The deliueraunce of the faythfull 10 The Lorde smote the Egyptians 20 The sinne of the people in the wyldernesse 21 Aaron stoode betweene the liuing and the dead with his censure 1 NEuerthelesse thy saintes had a very great light whose voyce they hearing and not seeing their figure for that they suffred not the same thinges they thought them blessed 2 And for that they dyd not hurt them nowe of whom they had ben wronged before they thanked them besought them pardon of that they had ben enemies 3 Therfore thou gauest them a burning piller of fire to leade them in the vnknowen way and the sunne not to hurt them in their honourable iourney 4 But reason it was that they shoulde leese the light and be put in the pryson of darknesse whiche had kept thy chyldren shut vp by whom the vncorrupt light of the lawe was to be geuen vnto the worlde 5 After when they thought to slay the babes of the saintes one chylde beyng cast out and preserued to reproue them thou tokest away the whole multitude of their chyldren and destroyedst them altogether in a mightie water 6 Of that night were our fathers certified afore that they knowing vnto what othes they had geuen credence might be of good cheare 7 Thus thy people receaued the health of the righteous but the vngodly were destroyed 8 For like as thou hast reuenged our enemies so hast thou promoted vs whom thou hast called 9 For the righteous chyldren of the good men offred secretely and made a godly lawe with one consent that the saintes should in like maner receaue together both good and euil and that the fathers nowe should first sing prayses 10 But there was hearde a disagreing voyce of the enemies and there was a miserable lamentation for children that were bewayled 11 The maister and the seruaunt were punished after one maner and lyke as the king so suffred the common people 12 So they had innumerable that dyed with one kinde of death altogether neither were the liuing sufficient to bury the dead for in the twinckling of an eye the noblest ofspring of them was destroyed 13 For whereas they woulde discredite all thinges by reason of the inchauntmentes in the destruction of the first borne they acknowledged that this people was the chyldren of God 14 For whyle all thinges were styl in scilence and when the night was in the middest of her course thy almightie worde O Lorde lept downe from heauen out of thy royall trone 15 As a rough man of warre in the middest of the land that was destroyed 16 And brought thyne vnfayned commaundement as a sharpe sworde and standing vp filled all thinges with death yea it stoode vpon the earth and reached vnto the heauen 17 Then the sightes of the euyl dreames vexed them sodainly and fearefulnesse came vpon them vnawares 18 Then lay there one here another there halfe dead halfe quicke and shewed the cause of his death 19 For the visions that vexed them shewed them these thinges afore that they might not be ignoraunt wherefore they perished 20 Yea the temptation of death touched the righteous also and among the
destroyed Bel he hath slaine the Dragon put the priestes to death 28 So they came to the king and saide Let vs haue Daniel or els we wyll destroy thee and thyne house 29 Nowe when the king sawe that they rushed in so sore vpon him and that necessitie constrained him he deliuered Daniel vnto them 30 Which cast him into the lions denne where he was sixe dayes 31 In the denne there were seuen lions they had geuen them euery day two bodies two sheepe which then were not geuen them to the intent that they might deuoure Daniel 32 There was in Iurie a prophete called Habacuc which had made potage broken bread in a boule was going into the fielde for to bring it to the reapers 33 But the angel of the Lorde saide vnto Habacuc Go cary the meate that thou hast into Babylon vnto Daniel which is in the lions denne 34 And Habacuc saide Lorde I neuer sawe Babylon and as for the denne I know it not 35 Then the angell of the Lorde toke him by the toppe and bare him by the heere of the head and through a mightie winde set him in Babylon vpon the denne 36 And Habacuc cryed saying O Daniel thou seruaunt of God haue take the breakfast that God hath sent thee 37 And Daniel saide O God hast thou thought vpon me wel thou neuer faylest them that loue thee 38 So Daniel arose did eate And the angell of the Lorde set Habacuc in his owne place againe immediatly 39 Vpon the seuenth day the king went to be weepe Daniel and when he came to the denne he loked in and beholde Daniel sate in the middest of the lions 40 Thē cryed the king with a loude voyet saying Great art thou O Lorde God of Daniel and there is none other besides thee 41 And he drew him out of the lions den cast those that were the cause of his destruction into the denne and they were deuoured in a moment before his face 42 After this wrote the king vnto al people kinredes and tongues that dwelt in all countries 43 Saying Peace be multiplied with you My cōmaundement is in al the dominion of my realme that men feare and stand in awe of Daniels God for he is the lyuing God which endureth euer 44 His kingdome abideth vncorrupt and his power is euerlasting 45 It is he that can deliuer and saue he doth wonders and meruailous workes in heauen and in earth for he hath saued Daniel from the power of the lions ¶ The prayer of Manasses king of Iuda when he was holden captiue in Babylon O Lorde almightie God of our fathers Abraham Isahac and Iacob and of the righteous seede of them which hast made heauen and earth with al the ornament therof which hast ordained the sea by the worde of thy commaundement which hast shut vp the deepe and hast sealed it for thy fearefull and laudable name which all men feare and tremble before the face of thy power and not for the anger of thy threatning the which is importable to sinners but the mercie of thy promise is great and vnsearchable for thou art the Lorde God most high aboue all the earth long suffering and exceeding mercifull and repentaunt vpon the malice of men Thou Lord after thy goodnes hast promysed repentaunce of the remission of sinnes and thou that art the god of the righteous hast not put repentaunce to the righteous Abraham Isahac and Iacob vnto them that haue not sinned against thee but because I haue sinned aboue the number of the sandes of the sea and that myne iniquities are multiplied I am humbled with many bandes of iron and there is in me no breathing I haue prouoked thyne anger and haue done euil before thee in committing abhominations and multiplying offences And now I bowe the knees of my heart requiring goodnes of thee O Lord. I haue sinned Lord I haue sinned and know myne iniquitie I desire thee by prayer O Lord forgeue me forgeue me destroy me not with myne iniquities neither do thou alwayes remember myne euils to punishe them but saue me which am vnworthy after thy great mercie and I wyll prayse thee euerlastingly all the dayes of my lyfe for all the powre of heauen prayseth thee and vnto thee belongeth glory worlde without ende Amen ⧠The first booke of the Machabees The first Chapter 1 After the death of Alexander the king of Macedonia 11 Antiochus taketh the kingdome 12 Many of the children of Israel make couenaunt with the Gentiles 21 Antiochus subdueth Egypt and Hierusalem vnto his dominion 43 Hierusalem being burnt they make lawes of their owne and forbid to kepe gods lawes 50 Antiochus setteth vp an idoll ouer the aulter of God 1 AFter that Alexander king of Macedonia sonne of Phillip went forth of the lande of Cethim and slew Darius king of the Persians and Medes and raigned for him as he had done before in Grecia 2 It happened that he toke great warres in hand wanne very many strong cities and slue many kinges of the earth 3 Going through to the endes of the worlde and getting many spoyles of the people insomuch that the whole worlde stoode in awe of him and therfore was he proude in his heart 4 Now when he had gathered a mightie strong hoast 5 And subdued the landes and people with their princes so that they became tributaries vnto him 6 Then he fell sicke and when he perceaued that he must needes dye 7 He called for his noble estates which had ben brought vp with him of childrē and parted his kingdome among them while he was yet aliue 8 So Alexander raigned twelue yeres and then dyed 9 After his death fell the kingdome vnto his princes and they obtayned it euery one in his roome 10 And caused them selues to be crowned as kinges and so did their children after them many yeres and much wickednes increased in the worlde 11 Out of these came the vngratious roote noble Antiochus the sonne of Antiochus the king which had ben a pledge at Rome and he raigned in the hundred thirtie and seuen yere of the empire of the Grekes 12 In those dayes went there out of Israel wicked men which moued much people with their counsel saying Let vs go and make a couenaunt with the heathen that are rounde about vs for since we departed from them we haue had much sorowe 13 So this deuice pleased them well 14 And certaine of the people toke vpon them for to go vnto the king which gaue them licence to do after the ordinaunce of the heathen 15 Then set they vp an open schoole at Hierusalem of the lawes of the Heathen 16 And made themselues vncircumsized but forsooke the holy testament and ioyned them selues to the heathen * and were cleane soulde to do mischiefe 17 So when Antiochus began to be mightie in
my realme shal be free 44 For the buylding also and repayring of the worke of the sanctuarie expences shal be geuen out of the kinges reuenues 45 Yea and for the making of the walles rounde about Hierusalem for the breaking downe of the olde and for the setting vp of the strong holdes in Iurie shall the costes and charges be geuen out of the kinges reuenues 46 But when Ionathas and the people hearde these wordes they gaue no credence vnto them neither receaued them for they remembred the great wickednesse that he had done vnto Israel and howe sore he had vexed them 47 Wherfore they agreed vnto Alexanander for he was a prince that had dealt friendly with them and so they stoode by him alway 48 Then gathered king Alexander a great hoast and brought his armie against Demetrius 49 So the two kinges stroke battayle together but Demetrius hoast fled and Alexander folowed after and fell vpon them 50 A mightie sore fielde was it continuing till the sunne went downe and Demetrius was slayne the same day 51 And Alexander sent ambassadours vnto Ptolomi the king of Egypt with these wordes saying 52 Forsomuch as I am come againe to my realme and am set in the throne of my progenitours and haue gotten the dominion ouercommed Demetrius 53 Conquered the lande striken a fielde with hym so that we haue discomfited both hym and his hoast and sit in the throne of his kingdome 54 Let vs nowe make friendship together geue me thy daughter to wyfe so shal I be thy sonne in lawe and both geue thee rewardes and her accordyng to thy dignitie 55 Ptolomi the king gaue aunswere saying Happy be the day wherein thou art come againe to the lande of thy progenitours and set in the throne of their kingdome 56 And nowe will I fulfill thy wryting but meete me at Ptolomais that we may see one another and that I may marry my daughter vnto thee according to thy desire 57 So Ptolomi went out of Egypt with his daughter Cleopatra and came vnto Ptolomais in the hundred threescore and two yere 58 Where king Alexander mette hym and he gaue Alexander his daughter Cleopatra and maried them at Ptolomais with great worship like as the maner of kinges is to be 59 Then wrote king Alexander vnto Ionathas that he shoulde come and meete him 60 So he went honorably vnto Ptolomais there he mette the two kinges and gaue them and their friendes great presentes of golde and siluer and founde fauour in their sight 61 And there came together against Ionathas certayne wicked men and vngratious persons of Israel making complayntes of him but the king regarded them not 62 As for Ionathas the king commaunded to take of his garmentes to cloth him in purple and so they did Then the king appoynted him to sit by him 63 And sayde vnto his princes Go with him into the middest of the citie make a proclamation that no man complayne against him of any matter and that no man trouble hym for any maner of cause 64 So it happened that when his accusers sawe the worship whiche was proclaymed of hym that he was clothed in purple they fled euery one 65 And the king made much of him wrote hym among his chiefe friendes made hym a duke and partaker of his dominion 66 Thus Ionathas went againe to Hierusalem with peace and gladnesse 67 In the hundred threescore fyft yere came Demetrius the sonne of Demetrius from Creta into his fathers lande 68 Wherof when Alexander heard tell he was right sory and returned vnto Antioch 69 And Demetrius chose Apollonius whiche had the gouernaunce of Celosiria to be his captayne So he gathered a great hoast and came vnto Iamnia sent worde vnto Ionathas the hygh priest saying 70 Darest thou withstande vs thy selfe alone As for me I am but laughed to scorne and shamed because thou diddest vaunte thy strength against vs in the mountaynes 71 Now therfore if thou trustest in thyne owne strength come downe to vs into the playne fielde there let vs trye the matter together for thou shalt knowe that I haue the strength of many cities 72 And shalt knowe who I am and the other that stand by me which say That your foote is not able to stande before our face for thy fathers haue ben twyse chased in their owne lande 73 And nowe howe wilt thou be able to abyde so great an hoast of horsemen and footemen in the fielde where as is neither rocke stone nor place to flee vnto 74 When Ionathas hearde the wordes of Apollonius he was moued in his mynde wherfore he chose ten thousand men and went out of Hierusalem and Simon his brother mette hym for to helpe hym 75 And they pitched their tentes at Ioppa but the citie kept hym foorth for Apollonius garrison was in Ioppa 76 Then Ionathas layed siege to it and they that were in the citie for very feare let him in and so Ionathas wan Ioppa 77 Apollonius hearing of this toke three thousand horsemen with a great hoast on foote and went to Azotus as though he woulde go further and came immediatly into the playne fielde because he had so many horsemen and put his trust in them 78 So Ionathas folowed vpon hym to Azotus and the army skirmished with his rereward and there they stroke the battayle 79 Nowe had Apollonius left a thousande horsemen behynde them priuily in the tentes 80 And when Ionathas knewe that such wayte was layed behynde them they went rounde about the enemies hoast and shot dartes at the people from the morning to the euening 81 As for Ionathas people they kept their order as he had commaunded them and the enemies horses were weery 82 Then brought Simon foorth his hoast and set them against the footemen for the horsemen were weery alredy So he discomfited them and they fled 83 And they that were scattered in the fielde gat them to Azotus and came into the temple of Dagon their idoll that they might there saue their liues 84 But Ionathas set fire vpon Azotus and all the cities rounde about it and toke their goodes and brent vp the temple of Dagon with all them that were fled into it 85 Thus were slayne and brent welnye eyght thousande men 86 So Ionathas remoued the hoast from thence and brought them to Ascalon where the men of the citie came foorth and mette him with great worship 87 After this went Ionathas and his hoast againe to Hierusalem with great substaunce of good 88 And when king Alexander heard these thinges he thought to do Ionathas more worship 89 And sent him a coller of gold as the vse is to be geuen vnto such as are of the kinges next blood He gaue him also the citie of Accaron with the landes belonging therto in possession The .xi. Chapter 3 The discention betwixt Ptolomeus and Alexander his sonne in lawe 17 The death of Alexander 19 Demetrius
wealth of his people therfore were they glad to haue him for their ruler and to do him worship alway 5 Simon wan the citie of Ioppa also for an hauen towne and made it an entraunce into the Iles of the sea 6 He enlarged the borders of his people and conquered them more lande 7 He gathered vp many of their people that were prisoners he had the dominion of Gaza Bethsura and the castle which he cleansed from filthynes and there was no man that resisted him 8 So that euery man tilled his grounde in peace the lande of Iuda and the trees gaue their fruite and encrease 9 The elders sate all in iudgement and toke their deuice for the wealth of the lande the young men put on worshippe and harnesse vpon them 10 He prouided vitailes for the cities and made goodly strong holdes of them so that the fame of his worship was spoken of vnto the ende of the worlde 11 For he made peace throughout the lande and Israel was full of mirth and ioy 12 Euery man sate vnder his vine figge trees and there was no man to fraye them away 13 There was none in the lande to fight against them for then the kinges were ouercome 14 He helped those that were in aduersitie among his people he was diligent to see the lawe kept as for such as were vngodly and wicked he toke them away 15 He set vp the sanctuary and encreased the holy vessels of the temple 16 When the Romanes and Spartians had gotten worde that Ionathas was dead they were right sory 17 But when they heard that Simon his brother was made hie priest in his steade and how he had wonne the land againe with the cities in it 18 They wrote vnto him in tables of brasse to renue the frendship and bonde of loue which they had made afore with Iudas and Ionathas his brethren 19 Which writinges were read before the congregation at Hierusalem And this is the copie of the letters that the Spartians sent 20 The Senatours and citezins of Sparta send greeting vnto Simon the great priest with the elders priestes and the other people of the Iewes their brethren 21 When your Ambassadours that were sent vnto our people certified vs of your worship honour prosperous wealth we were glad of their comming 22 And haue written the ambassage in the publike recordes in this maner namely that Numenius the sonne of Antiochus and Antipater the sonne of Iason the Iewes ambassadours are come vnto vs for to renue the olde frendship with vs. 23 Vpon this the people concented that the men should be honorably intreated and that the copie of their ambassage should be written in the speciall bookes of the people for a perpetuall memorie vnto the Spartians yea and that we should send a copie of the same vnto Simon the great priest 24 After this did Simon send Numenius vnto Rome with a golden shielde of a thousand pound waight to confirme the frendship with them 25 Which when the Romanes vnderstoode they saide what thankes shall we recompence againe vnto Simon and his children 26 For he and his brethren and the house of his father hath stablished Israel and ouercommed their enemies wherefore they graunted him to be free and confirmed the libertie thereof therefore they wrote this in tables of brasse and set it vpon pillers in mount Sion 27 The copie of the writing is this The eighteenth day of the moneth Elul in the hundred threescore and twelfth yere in the third yere of Simon the hie priest 28 In the great congregation of the priestes rulers of the people and elders of the countrey at Saramel were these wordes openly declared 29 Forsomuch as there was much warre in our lande therfore Simon the sonne of Mathathias come of the children of Iarib his brethren put them selues in perill and resisted the enemies of their people that their sanctuary and lawe might be maintayned and did their people great worship 30 Ionathas in lyke maner after that he had gouerned his people and ben their hie priest dyed and lyeth buried beside his elders 31 After that would their enemies haue troden their holy thinges vnder foote destroyed their lande and vtterlie wasted their sanctuary 32 Then Simon withstoode them and fought for his people spent much of his owne money weaponed the valiaunt men of his people gaue them wages 33 Made strong the cities of Iuda with Bethsura that lyeth vpon the borders of Iurie where the ordinaunce of their enemies laye sometime and set Iewes there for to kepe it 34 He made fast Ioppa also which lyeth vpon the sea and Gaza that bordereth vpon Azotus where the enemies dwelt afore and there he set Iewes to kepe it and whatsoeuer was meete for the subduing of the aduersaries that layed he therein 35 Now when the people sawe the noble actes of Simon and what worship he purposed to do for them his godly behauour and faithfulnes which he kept vnto them and how he sought by alwayes the wealth of his people because he did all this therefore they chose him to be their prince and hie priest 36 And in his time they prospered wel by him so that the heathen were taken out of their lande and they also which were in the citie of Dauid at Hierusalem in the castle where they went out and defiled all thinges that were about the sanctuary and did great harme vnto cleanlinesse 37 And Simon put men of the Iewes in it for the defence of the land and citie and set vp the walles of Hierusalem 38 And king Demetrius confirmed him in his high priesthood 39 For these causes made him his friend and did him great worship 40 For he heard that the Romanes called the Iewes their friendes louers and brethren howe honorably they receaued Simons Ambassadours 41 Howe the Iewes and priestes concented that he should be their prince and hie priest perpetually till God raysed vp the true prophete 42 And that he shoulde be their captaine to care for the sanctuarie and to set officers vpon the workes thereof ouer the lande ouer the weapons ouer the houses of defence to make prouision for the holy thinges 43 And to be obeyed of euery man and all the writinges of the lande to be made in his name that he should be clothed in purple and golde 44 And that it should be lawfull for none of the people nor priestes to breake any of these thinges to withstand his words nor to call any congregation in the lande without him that he should be clothed in purple and weare a coller of golde 45 And if there were any which disobeyed or brake this ordinaunce that he should be punished 46 So al the people consented to alow Simon to do according to these wordes 47 Simon also him selfe toke it vpon him and was content to be the hie priest the captaine and prince of the Iewes and priestes and to gouerne them all 48
42 They fel downe also vnto their prayers and besought God that the fault whiche was made might be put out of remembraunce Besides that Iudas exhorted the people earnestly to kepe them selues from such sinne forsomuch as they sawe before their eyes that these men were slayne for the same offence 43 So he gathered of euery one a certayne and sent two thousande drachmes of siluer vnto Hierusalem that there might a sacrifice be offered for the misdeede In the which place he did wel and right for he had some consideration and pondring of the lyfe that is after this time 44 For if he had not thought that they whiche were slayne shoulde ryse againe it had ben superfluous and vayne to make any vowe or sacrifice for them that were dead 45 But forsomuch as he sawe that they which die in the fauour beleefe of god are in good rest and ioy he thought it to be good honorable for a reconsiling to do the same for those which were slaine that the offence might be forgeuen The .xiii. Chapter 1 The comming of Eupator into Iurie 4 The death of Menelaus 10 Machabeus goyng to fight against Eupator moueth his souldiers vnto prayer 15 He killeth fourteene thousande men in the tentes of Antiochus 21 Rhodocus the betrayer of the Iewes is taken 24 Antiochus retayned friendship with the Iewes 1 IN the hundred fourtie and nine yere gat Iudas knowledge that Antiochus Eupator was comming with a great power into iurie 2 And Lysias the stewarde and ruler of his matters with him hauing an hundred ten thousand men of foote of the Grecians fyue thousande horsemen twentie and two Elephantes and three hundred charettes set with hookes 3 Menelaus also ioyned hym selfe with them but with great disceyte spake faire to the king not for any good of the countrey but because he thought to haue ben made some great man of aucthoritie 4 But the king of kinges moued Antiochus minde against this vngodly person and Lysias enformed the king that this Menelaus was the cause of all mischiefe so that the king commaunded to bring him vnto Berea and as the maner of them is to put him vnto death in the same place 5 There was also in the same place a towre of fiftie cubites hie heaped with asshes and it had an instrument that turned rounde on euery side it rouled downe into the asshes and there whosoeuer was condempned of sacriledge or of any other greeuous crime was cast of all men vnto the death 6 Whereinto the king cōmaunded that shamefull person to be cast among the asshes as one that was cause of all vngraciousnesse 7 And reason it was that the vnthrift should dye such a death and not to be buried 8 For he had done much mischiefe vnto the aulter of God whose fire and asshes were holy therefore was it right that he him selfe also should be destroyed with asshes 9 But the king was wood in his minde and came to shew him selfe more cruell vnto the Iewes then his father was 10 Which when Iudas perceaued he commaunded the people to call vpon the Lord nyght and day that he would nowe helpe them also lyke as he had done alway for they were afraide to be put from their lawe from their natural countrey and from the holy temple 11 And not to suffer the people which a litle while afore began to recouer to be subdued againe of the blasphemous nations 12 So when they had done this together and besought the Lorde for mercie with weeping and fasting three dayes long flat vpon the grounde Iudas exhorted them to make them selues redie 13 But he and the eldest together deuised to go foorth first with the people afore the king brought his hoast into Iurie and afore he besieged the citie and so to commit the matter vnto God 14 Wherefore he committed the charge of all thinges vnto God the maker of all the worlde exhorting his people to fight manfully yea euen vnto death for the lawes the temple the citie their owne natiue countrey and to defend the citezins and he set his hoast before Modin 15 He gaue them also that were with him a token of the victory of God choosing out the manliest young men went by night into the kinges pauilion slue of the hoast fourteene thousand men and the greatest of the Elephantes with those that sate vpon him 16 Thus when they had brought a great feare and rumour among the tentes of their enemies and al thinges went prosperously with them 17 They departed in the breake of the day God being their helper and defender 18 Nowe when the king perceaued the manlinesse of the Iewes he went about to take the strong places by craft 19 And remoued his hoast vnto Bethsura which was a wel kept house of defence of the Iewes but they were chased away hurt and discomfited 20 And Iudas sent vnto them that were in it such thinges as were necessarie 21 In the Iewes hoast also there was one Rhodochus which tolde the enemies their secretes but they sought him out and when they had gotten him they put him in prison 22 After this did the king commune with them that were in Bethsura toke truice with them departed and stroke a battaile with Iudas which ouercame him 23 But when he vnderstoode that Philip whom he had left to be ouerseer of this busines at Antioch began to rebell against him he was astonied in his mind so that he yeelded him selfe to y e Iewes and made them an oth to do whatsoeuer they thought right 24 Now when he was reconciled with them he offered made much of the temple gaue great giftes vnto it 25 Embraced Machabeus making him captaine and gouernour from Ptolomais vnto the Gerrhenes 26 Neuerthelesse when he came to Ptolomais the people of the citie were not content with the bond of frendship for they were afraide that he would breake the couenaunt 27 Then went Lysias vp into the iudgement seate and excused the fact as well as he coulde and enformed the people shewed them the cause why pacified them so he came againe to Antioch This is now the matter concerning the kinges iourney and his returne The .xiiij. Chapter 1 By the motion of the Lorde Demetrius sendeth Nicanor to kill the Iewes 18 Nicanor maketh a compact with the Iewes 29 which he yet breaketh through the motion of the king 37 Nicanor commaundeth Razias to be taken 41 The boldnes of Razias 1 AFter three yeres was Iudas infourmed how that Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus was come vp with a great power and shippes through the hauen of Tripolis 2 To take certaine commodious places and countreys against Antiochus and his captaine Lysias 3 Nowe Alcimus whiche had ben hie priest and wylfully defiled him selfe in the time of the mixting seeing that by no meanes he could be helped nor haue any more entraunce to the aulter 4 He came to king Demetrius in the hundred fiftie and one yere
sayde vnto them it wyll come to passe that the sonne of man shal be betrayed into the handes of men 23 And they shall kyll hym the thyrde day shall he ryse agayne And they were exceadyng sory 24 ☞ And when they were come to Capernaum they that receaued tribute money came to Peter and sayde Doth not your maister pay tribute 25 He sayth yes And when he was come into the house Iesus preuented hym saying What thynkest thou Simon of whom do the kynges of the earth take tribute or toule of the chyldren or of straungers 26 Peter sayth vnto hym of straungers Iesus sayth vnto hym Then are the chyldren free 27 Notwithstandyng lest we shoulde offende them go thou to the sea and cast an angle and take the fisshe that first commeth vp and when thou hast opened his mouth thou shalt fynde a peece of twenty pence that take and geue it vnto them for me and thee ☜ ⧠The .xviij. Chapter ¶ 3 He teacheth his disciples to be humble and harmelesse 6 to auoyde occasions of euyll 21 and one to forgeue anothers offence 1 AT the same time came the disciples vnto Iesus saying Who is the greatest in y e kyngdome of heauen 2 Iesus called a litle chylde vnto hym and set hym in the myddest of them 3 And sayde Veryly I say vnto you except ye turne and become as litle chyldren ye shall not enter into the kyngdome of heauen 4 Whosoeuer therfore shall humble hym selfe as this litle chylde the same is y e greatest in the kingdome of heauen 5 And who so shall receaue such a litle chylde in my name receaueth me 6 But who so shall offende one of these litle ones which beleue in me it were better for hym that a myll stone were hanged about his necke that he were drowned in the deapth of the sea 7 Wo vnto the worlde because of offences It must nedes be that offences come But wo to that man by whom the offence commeth 8 If then thy hande or thy foote offende thee cut them of and cast them from thee It is better for thee to enter into lyfe halt or maymed rather then thou shouldest hauyng two handes or two feete be cast into euerlastyng fyre 9 And yf thyne eye offende thee plucke it out and cast it from thee It is better for thee to enter into lyfe with one eye rather then hauyng two eyes to be cast into hell fyre 10 Take heede that ye despise not one of these litle ones For I say vnto you that in heauē their Angels do alwayes beholde the face of my father which is in heauen 11 ☞ For the sonne of man is come to saue that which was lost 12 Howe thynke ye If a man haue an hundred sheepe and one of them be gone astray doth he not leaue ninetie nine and goeth into the mountaynes and seketh that which went astray 13 And yf it so be that he fynde it veryly I say vnto you he reioyceth more of that sheepe then of the ninetie and nine which went not astray 14 Euen so it is not the wyll of your father in heauen that one of these litle ones shoulde peryshe 15 ☞ Moreouer yf thy brother trespas agaynst thee go and tell hym his faulte betwene thee and hym alone If he heare thee thou hast wonne thy brother 16 But yf he heare thee not then take yet with thee one or two that in the mouth of two or three witnesses euery worde may be stablyshed 17 If he heare not them tell it vnto the Churche If he heare not the Churche let hym be vnto thee as an Heathen man and a publicane 18 Veryly I say vnto you Whatsoeuer ye bynde on earth shal be bounde in heauen And whatsoeuer ye loose on earth shal be loosed in heauen 19 Agayne truely I say vnto you that if two of you agree in earth as touching any thyng that they shall aske it shal be done for them of my father which is in heauen 20 For where two or three are gathered together in my name there am I in the myddes of them 21 Then came Peter to hym and sayde Lorde howe oft shall my brother sinne agaynst me and I forgeue hym tyll seuen tymes 22 Iesus sayth vnto hym I say not vnto thee vntyll seuen tymes but vntyll seuentie tymes seuen ☜ 23 ☞ Therfore is the kyngdome of heauen lykened vnto a certayne man that was a kyng which woulde take accomptes of his seruauntes 24 And when he had begunne to recken one was brought vnto hym which ought hym ten thousande talentes 25 But forasmuch as he had not to pay his Lorde commaunded hym to be solde and his wyfe and chyldren and all that he had and payment to be made 26 The seruaunt fell downe besought hym saying Lorde haue pacience with me and I wyll pay thee all 27 Then the Lorde of that seruaunt moued with pitie loosed hym and forgaue hym the debt 28 But the same seruaunt went out and founde one of his felowes which ought hym an hundred pence and he layde handes on hym and toke hym by the throte saying pay me that thou owest 29 And his felowe fel downe at his feete and besought him saying haue pacience with me and I wyll pay thee all 30 And he woulde not but went and cast hym into prison tyll he shoulde pay the debt 31 So when his felowes sawe what was done they were very sory came and tolde vnto their Lorde all that was done 32 Then his Lorde called hym and sayd vnto him O thou vngracious seruaunt I forgaue thee all that debt when thou desiredst me 33 Shouldest not thou also haue had compassion on thy felowe euen as I had pitie on thee 34 And his Lorde was wroth and delyuered hym to the tormentours tyll he shoulde pay all that was due vnto him 35 So lykewyse shall my heauenly father do also vnto you yf ye from your heartes forgeue not euery one his brother their trespasses ☜ ¶ The .xix. Chapter ¶ 3 Christe geueth aunswere concernyng maryage 21 and teacheth not to be carefull 22 nor to loue worldly riches _1 ANd it came to passe that when Iesus had finished these sayinges he gat hym from Galilee and came into the coastes of Iurie beyonde Iordane 2 And great multitudes folowed hym and he healed them there 3 The pharisees also came vnto hym temptyng hym and saying vnto hym Is it lawfull for a man to put away his wyfe for euery cause 4 He aunswered and sayde vnto them Haue ye not read that he which created at the begynnyng made them male and female 5 And sayde For this cause shall a man leaue father and mother and shall be knit to his wyfe and they twayne shall be one fleshe 6 Wherfore they are no more twayne but one fleshe Let not man therefore put a sunder that which God hath coupled together 7 They say vnto
hearken named Rhoda 14 And when she knewe Peters voyce she opened not the doore for gladnesse but ran in and tolde howe Peter stoode before the doore 15 And they sayde vnto her thou art mad But she affirmed that it was euen so Then sayde they it is his Angel 16 But Peter continued knockyng And when they had opened the doore and sawe hym they were astonyed 17 * And when he had beckened vnto thē with the hande that they myght holde their peace he tolde them by what meanes the Lorde had brought hym out of the pryson ☜ And he sayde Go shewe these thynges vnto Iames and to the brethren And he departed and went into another place 18 Nowe assoone as it was day there was no litle adoe among the souldiers what was become of Peter 19 And when Herode had sought for hym and founde hym not he examined the kepers and commaunded them to be caryed away And he descended from Iurie to Cesarea and there abode 20 And Herode was displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon But they came all with one accorde to hym and made intercession vnto Blastus the kynges chaumberlayne and desired peace because their countrey was norisshed by the kyng 21 And vpon a day appoynted Herode arayed hym in royall apparell and set hym in his seate and made an oration vnto them 22 And the people gaue a shout saying It is the voyce of God not of a man 23 And immediatly the Angel of y e Lorde smote hym because he gaue not God y e honour he was eaten of wormes and gaue vp the ghost 24 And the worde of God grewe and multiplied 25 And Barnabas and Saul returned to Hierusalem when they had fulfylled their office and toke with them * Iohn whose sirname was Marke ¶ The .xiij. Chapter 2 Paul and Barnabas are called to preache among the gentiles 7 Of Sergius Paulus and Elymas the sorcerer 13 The departure of Marke 14 Paul preacheth at Antiochia 26 The Iewes are reiected 28 They that are ordayned to lyfe beleue 1 THere was also in the Churche that was at Antioche certayne prophetes and teachers as Barnabas and Simeon that was called Niger and Lucius of Cyrene and Manahen which had ben norisshed vp with Herode the tetrarch and Saul 2 As they ministred to the Lorde and fasted the holy ghost sayde Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the worke wherunto I haue called them 3 And when they had fasted prayed layde their hādes on thē they let thē go 4 And they after they were sent foorth of the holy ghost departed vnto Seleucia from thence they sealed to Cyprus 5 And when they were at Salamine they preached the worde of God in the synagogues of the Iewes And they had also Iohn to their minister 6 And when they had gone through the I le vnto Paphos they founde a certayne sorcerer a false prophete a Iewe whose name was Bariesu 7 Which was with the deputie of the countrey one Sergius Paulus a prudent man The same called vnto hym Barnabas and Saul and desired to heare the worde of God 8 But Elymas the sorcerer for so is his name by interpretation withstoode them and sought to turne the deputie away from the fayth 9 Then Saul which also is called Paul beyng full of the holy ghost set his eyes on hym 10 And sayde O full of all subtiltie and all mischiefe thou chylde of the deuyll thou enemie of all righteousnesse wylt thou not cease to peruert the wayes of the Lorde 11 And nowe beholde the hande of the Lorde is vpon thee and thou shalt be blynde and not see the sunne for a season And immediatly there fell on hym a myste and a darcknesse and he went about seekyng them that shoulde leade hym by the hande 12 Then the deputie when he sawe what was done beleued and wondred at the doctrine of the Lorde 13 Nowe when they that were with Paul were departed frō Paphos they came to Perga in Pamphylia And Iohn departed from them and returned to Hierusalem 14 But when they departed from Perga they came to Antioche in Pisidia and went into the synagogue on y e Sabboth day and sate downe 15 And after the lecture of the lawe and the prophetes the rulers of the synagogue sent vnto them saying Ye men and brethren yf ye haue any worde to exhort the people say on 16 Then Paul stoode vp and beckened with the hande and sayde Men of Israel ye that feare God geue audience 17 The God of this people of Israel chose our fathers exalted the people when they dwelt as straungers in the lande of Egypt and with an hye arme brought he them out of it 18 And about the tyme of fourtie yeres suffred he their maners in the wyldernesse 19 And he destroyed seuen nations in the lande of Chanaan and deuyded their lande to them by lot 20 And afterwarde * he gaue vnto them iudges about the space of foure hundred and fyftie yeres vnto the tyme of Samuel the prophete 21 And afterwarde they desired a kyng and God gaue vnto them Saul the sonne of Cis a man of the tribe of Beniamin by the space of fourtie yeres 22 And when he was put downe he set vp Dauid to be their kyng of whom he reported saying I haue founde Dauid the sonne of Iesse a man after mine owne heart which shall fulfyll all my wyll 23 Of this mans seede hath God accordyng to his promise brought foorth to Israel the sauiour Iesus 24 When Iohn had first preached before his commyng the baptisme of repentaunce to all the people of Israel 25 And when Iohn had fulfylled his course he sayde Whom ye thynke that I am the same am I not But behold there commeth one after me whose shoes of his feete I am not worthy to loose 26 ☞ Ye men and brethren chyldren of the generation of Abraham and whosoeuer among you feareth God to you is the worde of this saluation sent 27 For they that dwell at Hierusalem and their rulers because they knewe hym not nor yet the voyces of the prophetes which are read euery Sabboth day they haue fulfylled them in condempnyng hym 28 And though they founde no cause of death in hym yet desired they Pilate to kyll hym 29 And when they had fulfylled all that were written of hym they toke hym downe from the tree and put hym in a sepulchre 30 But God raysed hym agayne from the dead 31 And he was seene many dayes of them which came vp with hym from Galilee to Hierusalem which are his witnesses vnto the people 32 And we declare vnto you howe that the promise which was made vnto the fathers 33 God hath fulfylled the same vnto vs their chyldren in that he raysed vp Iesus agayne ☜ As it is written in the seconde psalme Thou art my sonne this day
cryme layde agaynst hym 17 Therfore when they were come hyther without any delay on the morowe I sate to geue iudgement and commaunded the man to be brought foorth 18 Agaynst whom when the accusers stoode vp they brought none accusation of such thynges as I supposed 19 But had certayne questions agaynst hym of their owne superstition and of one Iesus which was dead whom Paul affirmed to be alyue 20 And because I doubted of such maner of questions I asked hym whether he woulde go to Hierusalem and there be iudged of these matters 21 But when Paul had appealed to be kept vnto the knowledge of Augustus I commaunded hym to be kept tyll I myght sende hym to Caesar 22 Then Agrippa sayde vnto Festus I woulde also heare the man my selfe To morowe sayd he thou shalt heare hym 23 And on the morowe when Agrippa was come and Bernice with great pompe and were entred into the counsell house with the chiefe captaynes and chiefe men of the citie at Festus commaundement was Paul brought foorth 24 And Festus sayde Kyng Agrippa and al men which are here present with vs ye see this man about whom all the multitude of the Iewes haue intreated me both at Hierusalem and also here crying that he ought not to lyue any longer 25 Yet founde I nothyng worthy of death that he had committed Neuerthelesse seeyng that he hath appealed to Augustus I haue determined to sende hym 26 Of whom I haue no certayne thyng to write vnto my Lorde Wherfore I haue brought hym foorth vnto you and specially vnto thee O kyng Agrippa that after examination had I myght haue somewhat to write 27 For me thynketh it vnreasonable for to sende a prysoner and not to shewe the causes which are laide agaynst him ⧠The .xxvj. Chapter 1 Kyng Agrippa heareth Paul 25 Paules modest aunswere agaynst the iniurie of Festus 1 THen Agrippa sayde vnto Paul thou art permitted to speake for â—hy selfe Then Paul stretched foorth the hande and aunswered for hym selfe 2 I thynke my selfe happy king Agrippa because I shall aunswere this day before thee of all the thynges whereof I am accused of the Iewes 3 Namely because thou art expert in all customes and questions whiche are among the Iewes Wherefore I beseche thee to heare me patiently 4 My lyfe that I haue led of a chylde which was at the first among myne owne nation at Hierusalem knowe all the Iewes 5 Which knewe me from the beginning yf they woulde testifie that * after the most straytest sect of our religion I lyued a pharisee 6 And nowe I stande and * am iudged for the hope of the promise made of God vnto our fathers 7 Vnto which promise our twelue tribes instantly seruyng God day nyght hope to come For which hopes sake kyng Agrippa I am accused of the Iewes 8 Why shoulde it be thought a thyng incredible vnto you that God shoulde rayse agayne the dead 9 I also veryly thought in my selfe that I ought to do many contrary thynges cleane agaynst the name of Iesus of Nazareth 10 Which thyng I also dyd in Hierusalem And many of the Saintes dyd I shut vp in pryson hauyng receaued aucthoritie of the hye priestes And when they were put to death I gaue the sentence 11 And I punished them oft in euery synagogue and compelled them to blaspheme and was yet more mad vpon them and persecuted them euen vnto straunge cities 12 About which thynges as I went to Damascus with aucthoritie and commission of the hye priestes 13 Euen at mydday O kyng I sawe in the way a lyght from heauen aboue the bryghtnesse of the Sunne shyne rounde about me and them which iourneyed with me 14 And when we were all fallen to the earth I hearde a voyce speakyng vnto me and saying in the Hebrewe tongue Saul Saul why persecutest thou me It is harde for thee to kicke agaynste the prickes 15 And I sayde Who art thou Lorde And he sayde I am Iesus whom thou persecutest 16 But ryse and stande vpon thy feete For I haue appeared vnto thee for this purpose to make thee a minister and a witnesse both of those thynges which thou hast seene and of those thynges in the which I wyll appeare vnto thee 17 Delyueryng thee from the people and from the gentiles vnto whom nowe I sende thee 18 To open their eyes that they may be turned from darknesse to lyght from the power of Satan vnto God that they may receaue forgeuenes of sinnes inheritaunce among them which are sanctified by fayth that is towarde me 19 Wherfore O kyng Agrippa I was not disobedient vnto the heauenly visioÌ„ 20 But shewed first vnto them of Damascus at Hierusalem and throughout all the coastes of Iurie and then to the gentiles that they shoulde repent and turne to God and do such workes as become them that repent 21 For this cause the Iewes caught me in the temple went about to kyll me 22 Seyng therefore that I haue obtayned helpe of God I continue vnto this day witnessyng both to small and to great saying none other thynges then those which the prophetes and Moyses dyd say shoulde come 23 That Christe shoulde suffer and that he shoulde be the first that shoulde ryse from the dead and shoulde shewe lyght vnto the people and to the gentiles 24 And as he thus spake for hym selfe Festus sayde with a loude voyce Paul thou art besyde thy selfe much learnyng doth make thee mad 25 But he sayde I am not mad most noble Festus but speake foorth the wordes of trueth and sobernesse 26 For the kyng knoweth of these thynges before whom also I speake freely neither thynke I that any of these thynges are hydden from him For this thyng was not done in a corner 27 Kyng Agrippa beleuest thou the prophetes I wote wel that thou beleuest 28 Then Agrippa sayde vnto Paul Somewhat thou perswadest me to be a christian 29 And Paul sayde I woulde to God that not only thou but also all that heare me to day were both somewhat and also in a great deale such as I am except these bondes 30 And when he had thus spoken the king rose vp and the deputie Bernice and they that sate with them 31 And when they were gone apart they talked betwene theÌ„selues saying This man doth nothyng worthy of death or of bondes 32 Then sayde Agrippa vnto Festus This man myght haue ben let loose yf he had not appealed vnto Caesar ¶ The .xxvij. Chapter 1 Paul shippeth towarde Rome 3 Iulius the captayne entreateth hym curteously 41 And at the last they suffer shipwracke 1 ANd when it was coÌ„cluded that we shoulde sayle into Italie they delyuered both Paul certayne other prysoners vnto one named Iulius an vnder captayne of Augustus bande 2 And we entred into a shippe of Adramyttium loosed from lande appoynted to sayle by the coastes of Asia one Aristarchus out of
* that he was a God 7 In the same quarters were possessioÌ„s of y e chiefe man of the I le whose name was Publius which receaued vs and lodged vs three dayes curteouslye 8 And it came to passe that the father of Publius lay sicke of a feuer and of a bloody â—lire to whom Paul entred in prayed and layde his handes on hym and healed hym 9 So when this was done other also which had diseases in the I le came and were healed 10 Which also dyd vs great honour and when we departed they laded vs with such thynges as were necessary 11 And after three monethes we departed in a shippe of Alexandria which had wyntred in the I le whose badge was Castor and Pollux 12 And when we came to Syracusa we taryed there three dayes 13 And from thence we â—et a compasse and came to Rhegium after one day the south wynde blewe and we came the next day to Puteolus 14 Where we founde brethren and were desired to tary with them seuen dayes and so we came towarde Rome 15 And from thence when the brethren hearde of vs they came to meete vs at Appii forum and at the three tauernes When Paul sawe theÌ„ he thanked God and waxed bolde 16 And when we came to Rome y e vnder captayne delyuered the prysoners to the chiefe captayne of the hoast But Paul was suffred to dwell by him selfe with a souldyer that kept hym 17 And it came to passe that after three dayes Paul called y e chiefe of the Iewes together And wheÌ„ they were come he sayde vnto them Men and brethren though I haue committed nothyng agaynst the people or lawes of the fathers yet was I delyuered prysoner from Hierusalem into the handes of the Romanes 18 Which when they had examined me woulde haue let me go because there was no cause of death in me 19 But when the Iewes spake contrary I was constrayned to appeale vnto Caesar not that I had ought to accuse my people of 20 For this cause then haue I called for you euen to see you and to speake with you because that for the hope of Israel I am bounde with this â—hayne 21 And they said vnto him We neither receaued letters out of Iurie concernyng thee neither any of the brethren that came shewed or spake any harme of thee 22 But we wyll heare of thee what thou thynkest For as concernyng this sect we knowe that euery where it is spokeÌ„ agaynst 23 And when they had appoynted hym a day there came many to hym into his lodgyng to whom he expounded and testified the kyngdome of God perswadyng them concernyng Iesus both out of the lawe of Moyses and out of the prophetes euen from morning to night 24 And some were perswaded in the thynges which were spoken and some beleued not 25 And when they agreed not among them selues they departed after that Paul had spoken one worde that is to say well spake the holy ghost by Esaias the prophete vnto our fathers 26 Saying Go vnto this people and say with your eares shall ye heare and shall not vnderstande and with your eyes shall ye see and not perceaue 27 For the heart of this people is waxed grosse their eares are dull of hearing and their eyes haue they closed lest they shoulde see with their eyes and heare with their eares and vnderstande with their heartes and shoulde be conuerted and I shoulde heale them 28 Be it knowen therfore vnto you that this saluation of God is sent to the gentiles and they shall heare it 29 And when he had sayde these wordes the Iewes departed and had great reasonyng among them selues 30 And Paul dwelt two yeres full in his owne hired house and receaued all that came in vnto hym 31 Preachyng the kyngdome of God and teachyng those thynges which concerne the Lorde Iesus Christe with all confidence no man forbyddyng hym ☜ ⧠Here endeth the Actes of the Apostles R. E. ⧠The Ca 〈…〉 Câ—â—â—â—graphi 〈…〉 of the peregrin 〈…〉 〈◊〉 Saint Paul with the distaunce of the myles HEre hast thou gentle reader for thy better instruction the description of the iourney and peregrination of Saint Paul which is in this second booke of Saint Luke called the Actes of the Apostles most intreated of And for because thou readest oftentymes of Emperours Kynges and Deputies thou hast set foorth to thee the names the yeres and howe longe euery Emperour or Kyng raigned or Deputie gouerned and vnder whom any of these actes were done euen vntyll the death of Saint Paul ¶ The order of tymes The yeres of the Emperours of Rome The yeres of the Presidentes of the Iewes The yeres of the Herodians The yeres of Christes incarnation The yeres of Saint Paul the Apostle Tiberius Pilate Herode Christe Paul xviii vi xviii xxxiii  In this yere Christe suffered arose from the dead ascended into heauen from thence he sendeth vnto his Apostles the holy ghost The Apostles do assemble and gather a congregation vnto the Lorde Christe and do continue in prayer and suffer persecution xix vii xix xxxiiii i. Samaria doth receaue the doctrine of Christe Saint Steuen was stoned Saint Paul also is conuerted vnto Christe as he iourneyed towarde Damascus and froÌ„thence he departed into Arabia to preache the Gospell xx viii xx xxxv ii Philip doth preache the Gospel vnto the cities by the sea syde and doth conuert a man of Ethiopia an Eunuch and of great auctoritie with Candace Queene of the Ethiopians xxi ix xxi xxxvi iii. The Gospell is preached to the Sirians and Phenitians of those that were dispearsed and fledde from Hierusalem xxii x. xxii xxxvii iiii Saint Paul commeth to Hierusalem to see Peter from thence he goeth into Syria Cilicia c. Saint Peter commeth vnto Lidda After that he was called of Cornelius to come vnto Cesarea where he dyd baptize and from thence he went to Hierusalem geuyng aunswere to eche one that entred in question with hym xxiii Marcel xxiii xxxviii v. Antioche in Syria is conuerted vnto Christe the Apostles sende thyther Barnabas Barnabas bryngeth Paul out of Tarsa to Antioche whyther also Agabus came speaking of dearth that was to come Paul and Barnabas did succour them of Hierusalem 〈◊〉 Aâ—ppa xxiii xxâ—â—â— vi Paule and Barnabas by the commaundement of the holy ghost were sent from Antioche to preache the Gospell vnto the Heathens ii ii Herode Agrippa xl vii Paul and Barnabas sayled from Paphus to Perga a Citie of Pamphylia From Perga vnto Antioche a citie of Pisidia From whence by a commotion stirred by the Iewes they were expelled out of their coastes iii. iii.  xli viii Paul and Barnabas thus dryuen from Antioche come to Iconium where they abode a long tyme. iiii iiii  xlii ix Claudius v.  xliii x. ii vi  xliiii xi iii. vii  xlv xii This yere was Iames the
gladnesse 5 For your felowship in the Gospell frō the first day vntyll nowe 6 And beyng perswaded of this same thyng that he which hath begun good worke in you wyll perfourme it vntyll the day of Iesus Christe 7 As it becommeth me to iudge this of you al because I haue you in my heart and in my bondes in the defence and confirmation of the Gospell you all beyng partakers of my grace 8 For God is my recorde howe greatly I long after you all in the bowels of Iesus Christe 9 * And this I pray that your loue may abounde yet more and more in knowledge and in all vnderstandyng 10 That ye maye discerne thynges that differ that ye maye be pure and without offence tyll the day of Christe 11 Beyng fylled with the fruites of righteousnesse which are by Iesus Christ vnto the glorie and prayse of God ☜ 12 But I woulde ye should vnderstande brethren that the thinges which came vnto me hath come rather vnto the furtheraunce of the Gospell 13 So that my bondes in Christe are manifest throughout all the iudgement hall and in all other places 14 And many of the brethren of the Lord beyng incouraged through my bondes dare more plentifully speake the word without feare 15 Some preache Christe of enuie strife and some of good wyll 16 The one preache Christe of strife not sincerely supposyng to adde more affliction to my bondes 17 But the others of loue knowing that I am set to the defence of the Gospell 18 What then So that Christe be preached any maner of way whether it be by pretence or by trueth I ioy therein and wyll ioy 19 For I knowe that this shall turne to my saluation * through your prayer and ministryng of the spirite of Iesus Christe 20 Accordyng to my expectation and my hope y t in nothyng I shal be ashamed but y t with all boldnesse as alwayes so now also Christ shal be magnified in my body whether it be by life or by death 21 For Christe is to me lyfe and death is to me aduantage 22 But if I lyue in the fleshe this is the fruite of my labour and what I shall chose I wote not 23 For I am in a strayte betwixt two hauyng a desire to be loosed and to be with Christ which is much farre better 24 Neuerthelesse to abyde in y e fleshe is more needefull for you 25 And this am I sure of that I shall abyde continue with you all for your furtheraunce and ioy of fayth 26 That your reioysyng may be y e more aboundaunt in Iesus Christe for me by my commyng to you agayne 27 Only let your conuersation be as it becommeth the Gospell of Christe that whether I come and see you or els be absent I may yet heare of your matters that ye continue in one spirite in one soule fyghtyng together for y e fayth of the Gospell 28 And in nothyng fearyng your aduersaries which is to them a token of perdition but to you of saluatiō and that of God 29 For vnto you it is geuen for Christe not only this to beleue on hym but also this to suffer for his sake 30 Hauing the same fight which ye sawe in me and nowe heare in me ¶ The .ij. Chapter 3 He exhorteth them aboue all thynges to humilitie wherby pure doctrine is chiefly mayntayned 16 promisyng that he and Timotheus wyll spedyly come vnto them 27 and excuseth the long tariyng of Epaphroditus 1 IF there be therefore any consolation in Christe yf any comfort of loue if any felowship of y e spirite yf any compassion and mercie 2 Fulfyl ye my ioy that ye be lyke mynded hauyng the same loue being of one accorde of one mynde 3 Let nothyng be done through stryfe or vayne glorie but in mekenesse of mynde euery man esteeme one y e other better then hym selfe 4 Loke not euery man on his owne thynges but euery man also on the thynges of others 5 ☞ Let y e same mynde be in you which was in Christe Iesus 6 Who beyng in the fourme of God thought it not robbery to be equall with God 7 But made hym selfe of no reputation takyng on him the fourme of a seruaūt and * made in the lykenesse of men and founde in figure as a man 8 He humbled hym selfe made obedient vnto death euen the death of the crosse 9 Wherfore God also hath highly exalted hym and geuen hym a name which is aboue euery name 10 That in the name of Iesus euery knee should bowe of thynges in heauen and thynges in earth and thinges vnder the earth 11 And that euery tongue should confesse that the Lorde Iesus Christe is to the glorie of God the father ☜ 12 Wherfore my dearely beloued as ye haue alwayes obeyed not as in my presence only but nowe much more in my absence worke out your owne saluation with feare and tremblyng 13 * For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of good wyll 14 * Do all thyng without murmuryng and disputyng 15 That*ye may be blamelesse and pure the sonnes of God without rebuke in the myddes of a croked and peruerse nation among whō shyne ye as lightes in the worlde 16 Holdyng fast the worde of lyfe to my reioycyng in the day of Christe that I haue not runne in vayne neither haue laboured in vayne 17 Yea and though I be offered vp vpō the offeryng and seruice of your fayth I reioyce and reioyce with you all 18 For the same cause also do ye reioyce and reioyce with me 19 But I trust in the Lorde Iesus to sende Timotheus shortly vnto you that I also may be of good comfort when I knowe your state 20 For I haue no man lyke mynded who wyll naturally care for your state 21 For all seeke their owne not the thynges which are Iesus Christes 22 Ye knowe the profe of hym that as a sonne with the father he hath serued with me in the Gospell 23 Hym therfore I hope to sende assoone as I knowe my state 24 But I trust in the Lorde that I also my selfe shall come shortly 25 But I supposed it necessarie to sende to you Epaphroditus my brother and companion in labour felowe souldier but your Apostle and the minister of my neede 26 For he longed after you all and was full of heauinesse because that ye had hearde that he had ben sicke 27 And no doubt he was sicke nye vnto death but God had mercie on hym and not on hym only but on me also lest I shoulde haue sorowe vpon sorowe 28 I sent him therfore the more diligentlie that when ye see him againe ye may reioyce and that I may be the lesse sorowfull 29 Receaue hym therfore in the Lorde with all gladnes make much of such 30 Because for the worke of Christe he was nye vnto
Peter Iohn xxi f. ¶ On Innocentes day I loked and lo a lambe Apoc. xiiii a. The angell of the Lorde Math. ii c. ¶ On the Sunday after Christmas And I say that the heyre Gala. iiii a. This is the booke of the. Math. i. a. ¶ On Neweyeres day Blessed is that man Rom. iiii a. And it fortuned assoone Luke ii c. ¶ On the Epiphanie For this cause I Paul Ephe. iii. a. When Iesus was borne Math. ii a. ¶ On the first Sunday after the Epiphanie I beseche you therfore Rom. xii a. The father and mother Luk. ii a. ¶ On the seconde Sunday Seyng that we haue Rom. xii b. And the thirde day was Iohn ii a. ¶ On the thâ—rde Sunday Be not wyse in your owne Rom. xii d. When he was come downe Math. viii a. ¶ On the fourth Sunday Let euery soule submit Rom. xiii a. And when he entred into Math. viii c. ¶ On the fifth Sunday Put vpon you as the. Coloss iii. c. The kyngdome of heauen Math. xiii d. ¶ On the sixth Sunday If there be so many shall haue the same Epistle and Gospell that was appoynted for the fifth Sunday ¶ On Septuagesima Sunday Perceaue ye not howe i Cor. ix d. The kyngdome of heauen Math. xx a. ¶ On sexagesima Sunday Ye suffer fooles gladly ii Cor. xi a. When much people were Luk. viii a. ¶ On Quinquagesima Sunday Though I speake with i Cor. xiii a. Iesus toke vnto hym Luk. xviii d. ¶ On the first day of Lent Turne you vnto me Ioel. ii c. When ye fast be not sad Math. vi c. ¶ On the first Sunday in Lent We as helpers exhort you ii Cor. vi a. Then was Iesus led away Math. iiii a. ¶ On the seconde Sunday in Lent We beseche you brethren i Thess iiii a. Iesus went thence and. Math. xv c. ¶ On the thirde Sunday in Lent Be you the folowers of Ephe. v. a. Iesus was castyng out Luk. xi b. ¶ On the fourth Sunday in Lent Tell me ye that desire Gala. iiii c. Iesus departed ouer the Iohn vi a. ¶ On the fifth Sunday in Lent Christe beyng an hye priest Heb. ix c. Which of you can rebuke me Iohn viii f. ¶ On the Sunday next before Easter Let the same mynde be in you Phil. ii a. And it came to passe when Math. xxvi a. ¶ On the Munday next before Easter What is he this that Esai lxiii a. After two dayes was Mark xiiii a. ¶ On the Tuesday next before Easter The Lorde God hath Esai l. b. And anone in the dawnyng Mark xv a. ¶ On the Wednesday next before Easter Where as is a Testament Hebr. ix d. The feast of sweete bread Luk. xxii a. ¶ On the Thursday next before Easter This I warne you of i Cor. xi d. The whole multitude of Luk. xxiii a. ¶ On good Fryday The lawe which hath Hebr. x. a. When Iesus had spoken Iohn xviii a. ¶ On Easter euen It is better yf the wyll of i Pet. iii. d. When the euen was come Math. xxvii g. ¶ On Easter day If ye be risen agayne Coloss iii. a. The first day of the. Iohn xx a. ¶ On the Munday in Easter weeke Peter opened his mouth Actes x. d. Beholde two of the. Luk. xxiiii b. ¶ On the Tuesday in Easter weeke Ye men and brethren Act. xiii d. Iesus stoode in the middest Luk. xxiiii d. ¶ On the first Sunday after Easter All that is borne of God i Iohn v. a. The same day at nyght Iohn xx d. ¶ On the seconde Sunday after Easter This is thank worthie i Peter ii d. Christe sayde to his disciples Iohn x. b. ¶ On the thirde Sunday after Easter Dearely beloued I beseche i Peter ii c. Iesus sayde to his disciples Iohn xvi d. ¶ On the fourth Sunday in Aduent Euery good gyft and euery Iames. i. c. Iesus sayd vnto his disciples Iohn xvi b. ¶ On the fifth Sunday See that ye be doers of the. Iames. i. d. Veryly veryly I say vnto you Iohn xvi f. ¶ On Assention day In the former treatise Actes i. a. Iesus appeared vnto the. Mark xv c. ¶ On the Sunday after the Assention The ende of all thynges is i Pet. iiii b. When the comforter is come Iohn xv d. ¶ On Whitsunday When the fiftie dayes Actes ii a. Iesus sayd vnto his dâ—sciples Ioh. xiiii c. ¶ On the Munday in Whitson weeke Then Peter opened his Actes x. f. So God loued the worlde Iohn iii. c. ¶ On the Tuesday in Whitson weeke When the Apostles Actes viii a. Veryly veryly I say vnto you Iohn x. a. ¶ On Trinitie Sunday After this I loked and beholde Apoc. iiii a. There was a man of the. Iohn iii. a. ¶ On the first Sunday after Trinitie Dearely beloued let vs. i Iohn iiii b. There was a certayne riche Luk. xvi e. ¶ On the seconde Sunday Maruayle not my brethren i Iohn iii. c. A certayne man ordeyned Luk. xiiii d. ¶ On the thirde Sunday Submit your selues euery i Peter v. b. Then resorted vnto hym Luk. xv a. ¶ On the fourth Sunday I suppose that the afflictions Rom. viii a. Be ye mercifull as your Luk. vi f. ¶ On the fifth Sunday Be you all of one mynde i Pet. iii. b. It came to passe that when Luk. v. a. ¶ On the sixth Sunday Knowe ye not that Rom. vi a. Iesus sayde vnto his Math. v. c. ¶ On the seuenth Sunday I speake groslie because Rom. vi d. In those dayes when Mark viii a. ¶ On the eyght Sunday Brethren we are detâ—ers Rom. viii c. Beware of false prophetes Math. vii b. ¶ On the ninth Sunday Brethren I woulde not i Cor. x. b. Iesus sayde to his Luk. xvi a. ¶ On the â— Sunday after Trinitie Concernyng spirituall i. Cor. xii a. And when he was come neare Luk. xix f. ¶ On the .xi. Sunday Brethren as parteynyng i. Cor. xv a. Christe tolde this parable Luk. xviii b. ¶ On the .xii. Sunday Such trust haue we ii Cor. iii. a. Iesus departed from the. Mark vii d. ¶ On the .xiii. Sunday To Abraham and his seede Gala. iii. c. Happy are the eyes which Luk. x. d. ¶ On the .xiiii. Sunday I say walke in the spirite Gala. v. c. And it chaunced as Iesus Luk. xvii c. ¶ On the .xv. Sunday Ye see howe large a letter Gala. vi d. No man can serue two Math. vi d. ¶ On the .xvi. Sunday I desire that you faint not Ephe. iiii a. And it fortuned that Iesus Luk. vii b. ¶ On the .xvii. Sunday I Which am a prisoner of Ephe. iii. b. It chaunced that Iesus Luk. xiiii a. ¶ On the .xviii Sunday I thanke my God alwayes i Cor. i. a. When the pharisees had heard Mat. xxii d. ¶ On the .xix. Sunday This I say and testifie Ephe. iiii a. Iesus entred into a shippe Math. ix a. ¶ On the .xx. Sunday Take heede therfore howe Ephe. v. d. Iesus sayde to his
not graunted hym “ That is the face of God (n) Iacob glorieth of this knowlege of God which he had by this vision (a) As yet Iacob was not certified of the prerogatiue of Iuda (b) Thus God hath the heartes of the wicked in his hande (c) This benefite of God the godly do not forget (d) A figure of the Church appeareth in Iacobs householde which was in no dignitie in respect of Esau (e) Al wealth coÌ„meth from God (f) He should not so much a feared Esaus company seyng he had experience of Gods defence (g) There is a place in Egypt which is also so named of tentes Num. xxxiii (h) It is called Sichar Iohn iiii Actes vii (i) Now God had geueÌ„ hym some restyng place therfore he confesseth his fayth by outwarde seruice Here is set foorth a very greeuous teÌ„ptation wherwith Iacob is proued (a) This vayne curiositie of this woman was greeuouslye punished “ Humbled her “ To her heart (b) This was through great griefe and not that he mynded reuengement (c) A godly father would first haue sene his sonne corrected (d) They had iust cause of anger but it passed measure (e) The fathers consent in mariage was then much set by (f) The Hebrewe worde signifieth that which was geuen to a mayde in recompence of her virginitie (g) Religion is made a pretence for them to satisfie their anger “ Or men children (h) They polute the holy signe makyng straungers without respect partakers therof (i) Common assembles and iudgementes were then in the gates of cities (k) The common sort are more perswaded with profite then honestie (l) Euyll magistrates pretende a coÌ„mon wealth and yet all is but for their owne cause (m) This light receiuing of religion at the magistrates worde without anye knowledge is sharpely punished (n) These were captaynes of the bande (o) The magistrates sinne is punished vpon all the people “ The vncleane (p) God woulde haue all men vnderstand how much he hateth all vncleannesse (q) To this excesse in punishyng they fall that folowe their owne affections “ to stincke (r) They folyshly defende such barbarous crueltie done without auctoritie vppon so many vnder godly pretence to the endaungeryng of the godly (a) God wyll continually procure y e health of his Churche as he doth Iacobs in this miserable case (b) He exhorteth his householde to repentaunce and outwarde professyng of the same (c) Thus one womans follie had poluted almost all the Churche (d) After he had pourged the Churche of the abuses he setteth vp the true worshyp appoynted by Gods worde “ Allon Bachuth (e) He confirmed his promise made vnto hym before (f) He meaneth y e twelue tribes of Israel and the congregation of the gentiles who sprang of the fayth of Iacob (g) Gods promise is as certayne as y e thyng that is done alredie God perfourmeth his worldly promise which he made by his minister Isahac to Esau but all this glorie beyng out of y e kyngdome of God commeth to naught (h) For the idolatrie thaâ— was here done it was afterwarde called Bethanen that is the house of vanitie “ Ephratha (i) God taketh away his giftes for the abuse of them “ That is the sonne of my sorowe “ That is the sonne of my ryght hande (k) Only a memoriall of her sepulchre because of the hope of resurrection (l) Thus the deuill to slaunder the whole Churche and to vexe the godly perswadeth some to horrible sinne (m) He had ben from hym nowe .43 yeres that is xxâ— in Mesopotamia .xxiii. tie in the land of Chanaan (n) It was afterwarde so called (o) Iacob was nowe a hundreth and twentie yeres olde for he was borne when Isahac was sixtie ☞ Gen. xxvi (a) His first wyfe and her father had two names Gen. xxviii (b) The scripture doth not shewe that he was Iobs friende (c) He meant not Iacobs commoditie but his owne yet God ordered his departure for the benefite of his elect (d) It is lyke that he came thence when Iacob came from Mesopotamia and now after his fathers death returned thither altogether August (e) These were her sonnes chyldren “ Or Princes (f) The dignitie also of Esaus soÌ„nes Moyses wyll set foorth (g) The Hebrue worde signifieth hym that hath a thousande vnder hym (h) These are rehearsed for the affinitie of Esau with them and that it was God that gaue Esaus posteritie victorie ouer so stout people (i) Mans vanitie can not be content with Gods distinction of beastes but inuenteth prodigious generations (k) The wicked soone come to great dignitie but sodenly it falleth away as here in Esaus sonnes Esa xxxiiii Iere. xlx “ Or of the South couÌ„trey (l) In this countrey the chyldren dyd not succeade their fathers in the kyngdome “ Or Of 〈…〉 vpon 〈◊〉 riuer (l) These women as appeareth by their names were of great fauour among the Edomites (m) Some thynke that theâ—e Dukes succeaded after y e kinges ☞ (a) The actes that were don in the familie of Iacob (b) Either of â—ther men touching theÌ„ or of them agaynst their father and Ioseph (c) He was then .91 yeres olde wheÌ„ Ioseph was borne “ Peeces (d) Malicious men gather of euery thyng matter of hate and mischiefe (e) The dreames that came froÌ„ god had singuler notes wherby they were discerned from other (f) Moyses woulde shewe howe none of these thynges came by chaunce (g) Gods graces to the godly are an occasion that the wicked hate them (h) By the chiefe of the familie the whole is meant Not that euery one shoulde do thus for his mother was dead (i) The godly care of a house holder for his men beastes (k) Manye seke brethren and finde enemies (l) Enuie and malice hauing occasion wyll end in slaughter “ Maister of dreames (m) Sinne may be hydde from the eyes of man but not of God (n) We ought not to dispaire of a man for one heynous fault “ Strike him in the soule (o) This was worse then murther before God though it was priuily done (p) They were vnsensible without any sence or conscience of sinne (q) Thus shoulde all sinners say what commoditie doth sinne bryng (r) These marchauntmeÌ„ of the Ismaelites Madianites were ioyned together in marchaundize (Å¿) One sinne bringeth forth another (t) Signes of inwarde sorowe whiche some imitate without any great griefe (v) They pretende godlynes â–ª but are farre from it (x) He refused worldlye comfort yet he was obedient to God “ Marshall or captaine of the garde or chiefe of the slaughter men or cookes Though Christ came of the image of them whose wickednesse are here sette foorth yet it derogateth no thyng from his purâ—tie honour ☞ “ Iehudah (a) The cursed ende sheweth that this mariage pleased not God (b) A towne in Palestina (c) The fathers auctoritie in the mariage of his sonne “ The word signifieth to marrye the wyfe of his brother
that they had no proprietie more in the lande (m) The kyng for the singuler care of his religion prouided puâ—lickely for his priestes (n) Neither doth he oppresse tirannically y e people and doth his good seruice to his prince (o) The priestes priuileage in Egypt (p) Iacob lyued in the lande of Chanaan .77 yeres then in Mesopotamia 20. afterward in the lande of Chanaan .33 and in Egypt 17. (q) He would hereby surely confirme his posteritie in the promise of God (r) Thus he thanked God for Iosephs consent and commended to god his posteritie “ Bowed hym selfe God had made his couenaunt with Iacob thus that the succession of grace shoulde come to his posteritie This thyng therfore he nowe goeth about (a) He perswadeth Ioseph to ioyne hym selfe to the holy people from the which he had ben deuided and from the whiche his great glorie myght alienate hym Gen. xxxv (b) When the lande of Chanaan shal be deuided they shall haue no seuerall inheritaunce but shal be vnder their brethrens names (c) If his mother left her owne couÌ„trey he also ought to obey Gods worde (d) The godlye in all thinges consider the goodnesse of God who geueth more then is loked for (e) For the thynges that were nowe in doyng were of greater maiestie then his hygh dignitie (f) The holy ghost directed all these doynges (g) This blessyng commeth from Gods mercie and dependeth of the couenaunt made with the father (h) He meaneth Christe as â— Cor. x. (i) That is compted as one of my chyldren vnder my name “ The word signifieth to multiple as fishe (k) Yet Gods free giftes are not to be esteemed by the order of nature (l) As Gods minister he pronounceth what God hath decreed (m) Gods grace shoulde so appeare in these two that y e people shuld take thence a paterne of blessing their chyldren “ A shulder (n) The lande about SicheÌ„ was his for that his children dyd get it vnder his name whom God spared for his sake Iohn iiii (a) Sinne was the cause that Ruben loste all this great dignitie (b) The birth right was geuen to Ioseph the priesthod to Leui and the kyngdome to Iuda Or Thy dâ—gnitâ— is gâ—â—e (c) Crueltie with falshode he condepneth in them for their posterities cause (d) The kyngdome of Iuda was diminished at y e departure of the ten tribes yet none went about to ouerthrowe it but he was punished () Messias is here promised “ Shiloh (e) The fertilitie of the tribe of Iuda is signified by these speaches (f) There were manye commodious hauens about this tribe “ Tsidon (g) His posteritie was stronge but idle and redie to pay tribute so they myght inioy their lande “ Of great bones (h) The tribe of Dan shoulde ouercome his enemies rather by craft then manhode (i) He seyng the great calamitie that should fall vppon his posteritie resteth thus vppon Gods promise (k) There was so pleasaunt fruite in this tribe that kynges might be content therwith “ Daughters (l) The afflictions of Ioseph his posteritie shal be sore (m) The deliueraunce of Ioseph was by God to the ende also that his people shoulde be fedde (n) That is all these thynges come (o) The tyme nowe was nigher when Gods blessinges should take effect (p) This tribe lyued much on pray and spoyle (q) This was not for the holynes of the place but hereby to renewe the memorie of gods promise to his posteritie Gen. xxiii Gen. xxv (r) Moyses speaketh nothyng of her death neither of Leas death (Å¿) That is the fruite of a good coÌ„science to dye peaceably quietly (a) Naturall sorowe yf it be in measure is not to be reprehended (b) This was to the godly then an outwarde token of incorruption but to y e ignoraunt a vayne ceremonie (c) This was a ceremoniall mournyng (d) Among the vnbeleuers reuereÌ„ce was had vnto an othe (e) These went for their defence against theeues and others (f) An euyll conscience is a sore torment to it selfe (g) The faultes of the faithful ought easely to be remitted “ Or In the place of God (h) That is he woulde not turne that to their shame which God had disposed to their wealth (i) A sure token of reconciliation to ouercome euill with good “ To their heartes (k) He was in office .79 yeres liued after his father .54 yeres to the great reliefe of the Churche “ Or brought vp or nourished (l) The trueth of gods promise is immortall which men must loke for patientlye and not prescribe God a tyme. (m) Ioseph testifieth his fayth hereby and confirmeth his posteritie * This booke is in Hebrue called specially Schemoth of the seconde worde of it which is names And in Greke Exodus which betokeneth an issue or goyng out because it principally entreateth of the goyng out and y e deliueraunce of the children of Israel “ As fishe or wormes (a) God maketh his seruauÌ„tes mightie to beare the affliction that folowed (b) The Egyptinas were vnthankefull people (c) The wicked enuie the prosperitie of the godly (d) God wonderfully increaseth his Churche in persecutions (e) Tirannes trie diuers wayes to oppresse the Churche “ seates (f) It was better to obey God then man (g) He rewarded their constancie and not their lying (h) God increaseth their families and housholdes God for his names sake wyll delyuer his Churche from the affliction of tirannes (a) The faith of Moyses parentes Hebre. xi (b) God saâ—eth his by the handes of their enemies (c) God restoreth to the faithful abouÌ„dauntly that which they loose for his sake “ Moseh (d) The godly preferre the Churche of God before the court of the wicked (e) Such herâ—icall deedes of the godlye men are not to be folowed (f) Vnthankfulnesse towarde a godly magistrate “ Speakest (g) Worldlye trouble folowe often the godlye executyng their vocation “ Prince or head (h) Thus he continued the remembrauÌ„ce of the redemption promised (i) Their bondage waxyng â—orer compelled them to seke to God (k) Gods free promise was the cause he hearde the Israelites (a) This hyll was called also Sinai vppon another part of it “ Chorebah (b) Though the Churche be greuouslye afflicted yet the presence of God kepeth it from destruction (c) By this externall ceremonie he was put in mynde humblye and reuerently to heare God (d) God seeth the afflictions of his church when by diferryng punishement he semeth to neglect them (e) This certayne promise of successe shoulde prouoke good magistrates to obey Gods callyng (f) This refusall was of humilitie and not disobedience (g) By a signe y t should come Moises is confirmed in his vocation as were Dauid and Ioh. Baptist (h) This is read in the future tence in Hebrue (i) Al thinges haue their beyng power of God (k) God woulde haue them rest vppon his free promise whiche they had almost forgotten (l) The afflicted ought to hange vpon the
their paynes remembreth theÌ„ of the kepyng of Gods law 〈◊〉 the onlye meane of all the reward felicitie he wisâ—eth them (d) He commended them to God and prayed for them (e) Whiche they had left at home to kepe their cities and possessions Num. 31. d. 1. Reg. 30. f. (f) This is beyonde Iordane For sometyme the whole countrey on both sydes of Iordane is ment by Chanaan (g) Gods law requireth theÌ„ so to do though they were the dearest frendes they had yf they were founde to fall away from true religion Deut. xiii b. “ Or multitude Nu. xxv (h) The reproch of that wicked â—s doth â—ke by 〈◊〉 though alter â—nishment by death of 〈◊〉 thousand Gods wrâ—th was pâ—fied Num. 25. c. (i) â—s wanting the Arke of the Lorde and his aulter (k) To vse anâ— other seruice than God alloweth â—s to rebell agaynst God â— Sam. 1â— (l) Signifiyng that yf many suffered for one mans fault for the fault of many all shuld suffer (m) That is 〈…〉 punish vs reuenge it (n) Fall away froÌ„ true religion (o) As you are excluded from the lande so are you excluded from being partakers of the Lordes seruice (p) God requireth that the care of his glorie be in euery man not only for his tyme but also that it reache to his posteritie (q) His couenaunt his true religion beyng preserued vncorrupt (r) From the punyshment that they must haue loked for by transgressyng of gods lawe (a) Your eyes â—uing witnesse (b) Which yet remayne vnconquered Cha. 13. Deu. v. b. â— â—ixxviii b 〈◊〉 xvi a. (c) Let not the iudges admit an other 〈◊〉 any shal sweare by that idols Leu. 26. b. De. xxxii d Exo. xxiii g Num. 33. g Deut. vii c. (d) Meaning they shal be a continuall griefe vnto you and so the cause of your destruction (e) I die according to the course of nature Iosu xxi d. (f) He sheweth that no euyll can come vnto man except he offend God by disobedience (a) That were inhabitauntes in the land of Chanaan to 〈◊〉 tribes the half (b) Before the arke of God which was then brought from Silo to Sichem (c) Euphrates in Mesopotamia Gen. 11. d. Iud. 5. a. Gen. xxi d. Gen. 36. b. Gen. xlvi b. Exo. iii. c. Ex. vii viii.ix.x xiiii Ex. vii viii.ix.x xiiii Exo. xii f. Exo. xiiii c. (d) Euen fortie yeres Num. xxi d Nu. xxii a. Deu. xxiii a (e) Not in open fielde but by defending of their cities Exo. xxiii f Deu. vii f. Iosu xi (f) This is the true vse of Goddes benefites to learne therby to feare serue him (g) This thâ—cheth vs that yf all the world would go from God yet euery one yf vs particularly is bound to cleaue vnto him (h) Whom we knoledge our selues bound to serue (i) Except yt cast away your idols Ios xxiii d. (k) In this your conâ—essiâ— of Gods benefites and promise made to serue him iâ— herafter ye do the contrarie (l) Whiche you haue found caried away from the spoiles of the cities that you haue wonne (m) Rather then mans dissimulation should not be punished the dombe creatures shal crie for vengeance (n) Suche are the people commonly as the rulers are Iosu xiii d. (a) By the iudgement of Vrâ— Ex. 18. wâ—ightie matters ought not to be taken in hand without first inuocation of God (b) Whose inheritaunce was scattred among the tribe of Iuda according to Iacobs prophesie Gene. 49. b. (c) As if I were one of the inhabitours of the lande that came to thee by lot “ Or the lord of Bezek (d) As he serued others so by Gods iudgement is he serued him self Le. xxiiii c. (e) Al this within the parenthesis was done in Iosuah his time and is here spoken of by way of repetition (f) These three were giauntes and the children of Anak Iosu 15. d. Iosu xv c. (g) Read Ios 15 d. (g) This was one of the names of Moyses father in lawe Num 10. d. Deu. 34 a. Num. xxi a (h) These cities others were afterward possessed of the philistines 1. Sa 6. d. Nu xiiii d. Iosu xiiii d. 〈◊〉 xvi a. Gen 28 d. Iougâ—i c. (i) That is vnto the time of Samuel who is supposed to haue written this booke Ios xvii c. Ios xvi a. (k) That is the tribe of Ephraim and so are the rest to be vnderstanded “ Or afflicted them â–ª (l) A citie in Arabia in Hebrue Selah which signifieth a rock (a) A prophet or messenger as some think which was Phinees other think it was an Angelicall spirite sent of God appearing to do this message Deu. vii a. Deu. xii a. Iosu xxiii c “ Or weping (b) Reade Iosuah 24. g. Io. xxiiii g. lâ—xxâ—g (c) Or Serah Iâ—s â—4 gâ— â–ª signified the sunne whose image was set vpoâ— Iosuahs graue for a memory that the sunne stode as his commaundâ—ment (d) That is all mâ—er of idoles (e) Idolles which had the fourme of sheere among the SidoniaÌ„s Esa l. a. (f) The vengeance (g) This is 〈◊〉 maner of yeâ—rupt natures man therfore God of his mercie froÌ„ time to time vsed to restore and renewe true religion Iud. iii. b. (h) Outward enemies and false prophets are a triall to proue our faith De. 13. a (a) What helpe of God attayned what pollicie what valiauntes was vsed therin (b) Contrary to Gâ—ds comâ—â—ndement Deut â— (c) Trees oâ—â—tereâ—ted for idolatrie (d) Ending him with the gift of prophecie zeale of true religion strenght polâ— wisdome and fortitude (e) Vsing him as a Redde to punishe the children of Israel for their wickednes “ Or left â—d (g) That is he doth his casment Num. x. a. (h) That is strong and luâ—y (i) Like as the strongest kind of armour helpeth noâ— where God will punishe to the â—pâ—est weapon will se◠〈◊〉 God miraculously wil gâ—u◠〈◊〉 ☞ (a) This was one of the posteritie of Iabin whom Iosuâ—h slue Ios 11 â—â—nowâ— hauing recovered â—rength to reuenge (b) which was by Iosuah destroyed but after recovered bâ— ylded by the enemies Iud. v. b. (c) It should appeare that she had done this message vnto him afâ— and nowe calleth vpon him for the same aâ—ore the whole multitude Psal 83 b. (d) Although his faith nowe at the frâ—st he 〈◊〉 and therfore desireth the mesâ— of the prophetâ— yet after it became so strong that it is commended by the testimonie of the 〈◊〉 ghost Deâ— â— Num. x. â— (c) This 〈◊〉 towâ—ne thâ—t he occupieâ—â— argueth â—s substance to be great â–ª which 〈◊〉 seme to 〈◊〉 cause whâ— departed 〈◊〉 the other 〈◊〉 Psal 83 b. (f) He was of the famine of Iethro Moyses father in 〈◊〉 and his auncetours ioyned them self to Israel in the true worshippyng of God Iudâ— x. â— (a) To wit the two tribes of Zabulon Nephthali Deut. iiii b. Deu ii a. Psal 97. a. Psal 97. a. Exod 19 c. Exod 19 c. (b) For feare of
are not euill to him that vseth them 〈◊〉 â—et not â—â—ches be accompted euill for they are geuen to good men Let not them be accompted high or excellent for they are geuen to euill men â–ª they are taken from good men to trye them and from euyl meÌ„ to â—â—â—gue the. “ Hebâ—ue 〈…〉 (d) Aswell 〈…〉 â–ª Caldeaâ—s â–ª Idâ—mâ—ans as others To shewe the concord â— brotherlie a 〈◊〉 of Iobs childreÌ„ â–ª which also was another pâ—â—ie of the blessing of God and his felicitie (f) That is he wâ—lled theÌ„ to be sanctified in abstaining froÌ„ carnal appetites and shewed how they should behaue them selues holylie and â—obeâ—â—e in their banquettes (g) Herein is Iobs religion and feare of God knowen the fatherly care of his children expressed (h) The Ebrue is blesse God which is sometimes taken for to curse or blaspheme (i) In this place not onely Angels â–ª but euery godly person is taken for gods childe of which God hath a tender care as a louing father (k) God asketh the question not that he was ignoraunt from whence he came but for the weakenes of man (l) This is Satans onely endeuour to range abrode as a roring lion seeking whom he may deuoure “ Or Hebre â–ª made an hedge about him (m) The Ebrue is blesse thee as it is before taken the fifte verâ—e to curse Here is 〈…〉 〈…〉 That is 〈◊〉 Aâ—â—â—ians 〈◊〉 and of 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈…〉 (p) Not that he was vnâ—â—cient â–ª but he woulde not haue any thing remaine with him which was deliuered into the powre of Satan (q) Declaring that all that God doth is well done â—â—ernus â—ned as 〈…〉 as it is 〈…〉 the 〈…〉 before Not but y e 〈…〉 for 〈…〉 beyng vnder the 〈…〉 â—or that lawâ—s reâ—ed and pâ—ined by 〈◊〉 and by 〈◊〉 innocenâ—ie of Christ al 〈◊〉 punishmentes were 〈…〉 not deâ—ed â—kinne for skinne 〈◊〉 is a man wiâ—â— offer to â—â—â—nger the skâ—â—ne of â—n otâ—er â—â—ther 〈◊〉 to 〈…〉 so would Iob beare the losse of his childreÌ„s skinnes liues â–ª and bodyes in patience rather then patiently to suffer his owâ—e skinne body to be touched and therfore sayth the deuil touch him on his owne skinne and thou shalt â—ee that he wil to thy â—ace curse thee (d) Declaring that in al afflâ—ction there are certayne boundes and â—tes beâ—onde the which Satan can not go (e) A cruell temptation of an euyl and vngodly wise (f) Teaching that we ought to reioyce in gods giâ—tes when he sendeth them be thankefull and to be patient when he taketh them againe not to dispaire That is true friendship whiche bideth asâ—ell in aduersitie as in prosperitie and as in prosperitie to reioyce with him so in aduersitie to lament with him Whiche was a custome when great sorowe was declared â–ª shewyng their humblenesse â–ª that from the dust they came â–ª and thyther they shall returne “ Heb. Towardes the heauen (a) That is after that seuen dayes were fully finished (b) Iob being sore afflicted in the fleshe semeth after a sort to yeld to 〈◊〉 breaking out into these wordes because he saw y t that day was the beginning of al these afflictions He cursed not his dayes because he was weâ—ry of it as one desperate but rather wishing to be dissolued lest by farther troubles he should be forced to offend God “ 〈◊〉 Twyâ— d The He◠〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉 â—iddes 〈…〉 morning Heb counsellers “ Heb desolate (e) That is death wâ—â— end and 〈◊〉 from the tyrannie and wickednesse of them (f) Here Iâ—â— declareth 〈◊〉 sore plagues he bare â–ª â—ounting 〈…〉 in wo◠〈◊〉 then the 〈◊〉 persons and bound pâ—ners of whâ—ch cares 〈◊〉 opinion of the fleshe â–ª â—e accompâ—etâ— death the 〈◊〉 end (g) That is aduersitie whiche beyng in prosperitie he feared Because 〈…〉 and 〈◊〉 patieÌ„ce Meaning 〈…〉 comâ— many 〈…〉 â—nd 〈…〉 not 〈…〉 seke 〈◊〉 As couâ—g him 〈…〉 This is 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 treason bâ—t innocentes perâ—she not but 〈◊〉 afflicted 〈…〉 not oâ—erthrowen 〈…〉 are 〈…〉 was 〈◊〉 but he 〈…〉 Iob wâ—s afflicted 〈◊〉 periâ— not e That is God will punâ—t tiraunts wâ—che are 〈…〉 to 〈◊〉 aâ—though 〈…〉 their 〈…〉 do 〈◊〉 at theÌ„ 〈…〉 〈…〉 commeth 〈◊〉 such 〈◊〉 from God to â—hewe the reuerenâ—e and 〈◊〉 of theâ— (h) This is the description of the windâ— not knowing from whence it commeth or whyther it wil â–ª as Saul also heard a voyce but saw not any man (i) This is Eliphas weake argument to proue Iob an euyll man because God plagued hym or 〈◊〉 if God afflicted innocentes caâ—nal reason woulde iudge the creature more iust then the creator which is blasphemie for God ofte punisheth the righteous to proue them (k) Take froÌ„ gods children and from the angels that which is gods and they are altogether vnperfect and foolishe (l) Meaning mans body which is nothing but dust and clay (m) This expresseth maâ—s short lyfe and the daungers and miseries in the same (n) O mans blindnesse that seeth not his owne miserie An other â—ment of 〈…〉 Iob 〈◊〉 he can not be godly 〈◊〉 of the good and godlie men were euer so affâ—ted agâ—â—nst whiche 〈◊〉 temptaâ— we haue 〈◊〉 to â—fore ouâ— seâ—â—es whom 〈…〉 he 〈…〉 〈…〉 Iob 〈◊〉 beâ—â—use 〈…〉 hâ—th 〈…〉 vnto 〈…〉 That is 〈…〉 that God had cursed him and al his 〈…〉 his prosperitie d That is by publike iudgement 〈…〉 which was vsed to a◠〈…〉 (e) Declaring that it is not of the earth y t barrennes afflictions do aryse neither is it by any extern things but only such aduersitie falleth for mans offence wherof he is the author f Wherin is the signe of our corrupt nature euen from the fâ—ll of Adam g If I were in thy 〈…〉 would 〈…〉 God 〈…〉 (h) That is in thinges manifest and playne they want godly wysdome and grace to see (i) That is from the crueltie of the wicked which is compared to the sworde (k) Alluding to the siâ—e dayes of gods first worke and the seuenth day he rested meaning that of al thy cares and troubles god will deliuer thee bring thee to rest as in the seuenth day l Shew 〈…〉 God 's 〈◊〉 â—reatures of his 〈◊〉 to our good â–ª Shâ—â— not 〈◊〉 at 〈◊〉 thing 〈…〉 foâ—owe◠〈…〉 great 〈…〉 (a) Meaning that his troubles are excessiue â—nd vnmeasurable as the landes of the sea (b) Declaring that he was not afflicted only bodyly but also prickt in his conscience c As though he had sayde 〈◊〉 not without cause sâ—ing neither y e wild asse nor the oâ—e do crie when they want not d Can we beâ—re tribulatâ—ons that the 〈◊〉 and vnpleasaunt e Meâ—ning that â—e hâ—d rather dye then to deme the woâ—des 〈◊〉 the 〈…〉 f 〈◊〉 leâ—t 〈…〉 not 〈…〉 beare his â—fflâ—â—tions to 〈…〉 should long 〈…〉 〈…〉 (g) 〈◊〉 the bâ—â—oâ—â—â—usâ—eth 〈◊〉 veâ—emenâ—ie and passeth 〈◊〉 the pâ—aâ—â—s 〈…〉 Sâ—â—eba 〈…〉 sonne of Reâ—â—a â–ª of whom Araâ— was 〈◊〉 Saba l Do 〈◊〉 about by your tauntes
and suche as were in aucthoritie with the king styrred vp the people to watche narrowly Ieremies sayings if they coulde finde hym to halt in any thing wherefore thei might accuse hym to the kyng Iare xi d. Iob. iii. a. Iere. xv b. Gen. xix c. (c) The most godly men are sometimes caried away with the vnruly rage of immoderate affection albeit in this prophete the cause of this immoderate zeale was for that he sawe his trauayle to saue y e people to be in vayne Gods worde contemned and all godlynesse scornefully despised Iob x. c. Iere. xxxi a. Deut 30. e. Iere. xxvii a xxxviii a. Iere. xxii a. Esai i. c. Iere. xxii a. Zacha vii b. Iere. iiii a. Esai i. c. Iere. xxii a. Zacha vii b. Iere. iiii a. Iere. xlviii a Deu. xxix c Iere. v. b. xii a. xiii b. and .xxiii. c. Sopho. i. c. Esai i. c. Iere. xxi c. Zacha. vii c. Esai i. c. Iere. li. â— Hebre. vi b. Dâ— xâ— d iii. Reâ—â— b. Deu xxâ—x d iii. Re ix b. 4. Re. xxiii b ii Par. vii d. 4 â–ª Reg. 23 c. ii Par. iii. e. Esai v. c. Agge i. a. 4 Reg. 23 c. and .xxiiii. a Ier xxxvi d Esa xiii d. and .xxi. a. Iere. xii b. â—nd xxi a. 4. Reg. 24. b 4. Reg. 24. b Esa xiii d. and .xxi. a. Iere. xii b. â—nd xxi a. 4. Reg. 24. b 4. Reg. 24. b “ Or Iechomas Ezech. 34. a. Ier. xxxiii c Esai xi a. Deut. 33. c. i. Cor. i. d. Iere. xvi c. Iere. xiiii a. Iere. ix b. Iere. xxv b and .xxix. b Iere. xii â— and .xiiii. b. Sopho. i. c. Iere. xxx d. Iere. xxx d. Iere. xiiii b. Psal 139. a. Ezech. viii b Psal 129. a. Amos. ix a. Esai lxxi a. Act. vii f. and .xvii. b. ii Cor. ii a. i. Pet â— (a) The wicked mens heartes were so heardened against the trueth that they vsed scornefully to scoffe at Gods threatning prophechies in mockage calling them Gods fardle or burthen 4. Reg 24. d Osee ix d. Deu. xxix a. Iere. xxx d. xxxi f. xxxii e. Iere. xxix e. Psa lxxix a Baruc. iii. a. Ier. xxxix c xxxv c. xxxviii a. 2. Par. 36 c. 4. Re. xv â— Iere. i. b. Esai x. a Iere. xvii â— Iere. viii b. and .xvi. b. 2. Par. 36. d. 1. Esdra â— a. Iere. v. e. and xxix b Dâ— ix a. Zacha. 1. b. Iob 34. d. 〈…〉 Psâ—l â—xxv b b Iere. xlix b. Eze ix b. i. Pe â— Ioel iiii â— Amo. i. d Iere. xxx d. Psal cxlii a. Iere vii a. and .xvii. d Deut iiii a. and .xii b. 〈◊〉 â—ii a. 〈◊〉 iii. b. Iere. vii a. 4. Reg 15. g. Iere 36. d. 〈…〉 Mat xv â— Mat. xxiii â— Mich. i. a. Mich. iii. c. Ionas iii. b. (a) In the deuine nature there is no such affectioÌ„s or chaungeablenesse but God is sayde after the maner of men to repent when he doth not execute that he had denounced or doth deferre the plague which he had threatned 3. Reg. 22. d. Mich. ii c. 3. Reg. 22. d. Mich. ii c. Deut. x. â— Eccle x. a. Iudâ— xi d. Iere. xxxii a Dan. iiii c. Iere. xxv â— Iere. xxi b. xxxviii a. xâ—â— Iere. xxiii c and .xxix. b. Iere. 38. â— Iere. 23 c. 39. b. Iere. 28. a. 4. Reg. 24. c 4. Reg. 25. c. i. Esd i. b. Iere. 27. c. Iere xxv â— Mich. iii. c. Deu. xviii d Iere. xxix c Iere ◠〈…〉 i. Tim. â— Iere 3â— â— and 27. b. Iere. xiiii b. 1. Pâ— 26. d. Iere. 22. b. i. â—d i. a. Deut. iiii c. and xxx a. Ioh. vii d. 4. Reg 24. d Ieâ—e 24 â— Iere. xxv a. and xliiii a. 4 Reg. ii a. 2. Par. 23. a. Iere. xxix c. Iere 2â— Iere. xxx c. Iere. xiii b. Eâ— 34. d. Amos. ix b. Iere. x. d. Exod. 33. a. Nahum 1. a. Iere. xiii d. Iere. xii a. and .x d. Num. 24. â— Mich. v. a. Ioh. vi c. Iere. xxiii b. xxiiii b. xxxi f. Iere. xxiii c. xxv b. Iere. xxiii e. Num. xiii c. Ioh. vi b. Esai ii a. Deut. 23. a. Gen. xlvii d Iere. iii. c. Math. ii c. Eze. xx c. Thre v. c. Zach. i. a. Gen. 4â— d. Mat. v. a. and .xi. c. Denc 28. g. Iere. 32. c. Zac. viii â— Ezec. xviii â— Heb. viii b. Heb. x. b. Esai li. b. Iere. 24 b. and .xxx. d. Gen. â— b. Rom. xâ— ii â—d iii a. Zac xxiiii b Iere. xix b. Ier. xxxiiii a xxxviii a. and .xxxix. Leui. xxv d Nu xxiiii a. and .xxxvi a Ruth iiii a. Gene. i. a. Iere. x. b. Exod. 54. a. Rom. ii a. Exod vii vnto the .xv chapter Iud. ii iii.iiii.vi.viii Esther v. b. Iere. xxv xxxix c. Iere. ii b. Iere. viii d. Deu. xxx â— Psal cxix e. Eze. xxxvi e Deuâ— 39. b. Iere xxi c Iere. xx and .xxxii. a. Exod. xiiii i. Reg vii d. Ierâ— xliii â— â–ª Psal cviii a. i. Mach. iiii d Iere. xxiii a. Esa xxxii d ii Reg. vii c. (a) This name hath God geuen to Christe and doth properly belong to hym alone but here it is attributed vnto the Churche for that God the father hath esspoused Christ his sonne vnto the Churche and hath endowed her with all that is his i. Reg. â— â–ª ii Pet. ii a. Gene. xv b. and .xxxii. c Ier. xxxix â— â–ª 4. Reg. 25 â— Ier. xxxii a. xxxix a. 1. Reg. xxi c (a) Zedekias is promised to be brent after his death that is to haue his funeralles honourably done â— Par. xi â— Exod xâ—i a. Leui xxvi f Deuâ—â— b. Deâ— xâ— Exod 〈…〉 Gene. xv b. Iere. 3â— â— iiii Reg. x. e. Iere. xxix b Iere. xvi â— and .xxv â— Prou â— Esai xâ— b. Iere. vii b. Ier. xxxiii c. Iere. xxx a. (a) When Iehoakim the kyng of Iuda hearde that the kyng of Babylon his armie was comming to besiege Hierusalem he appointed a solemne and publique fast for al the people commaunding them to resort vnto the temple at the tyme appointed and there to make their humble prayers vnto God for peace his fauour as the maner of Gods people was in all their distresses to fast pray in faithfull repentaunce Iosa â— Iere. xxvi a. i. Mach. iii. c. 4 Reg. 24. b Iere. xxii c. 4 Reg. 24. “ Or â— â—honiah Iere. xxxi â— Eze. xvii b. Iere. xlvi â— Ier. xxviii b. Iere. 38· c. Ier. xxviii c. Iere. xxi b. and .xxvi. a Iere. xxii e. Iere. 37. c â–ª Ier. xxxix c Iere. 32. a. 4. Reg. 25. a. Iere. 34. a. 4. Reg. 25. d. Iere. xxii d. Iere. 38. d. Iere. xl b. Iere xiiii a. Iesu xvâ—ii d Gen. iii. b. Tobi. i. b. 4. Reg. 15. e. Iere. 39 c. 4. Reg. 15. c. 4. Reg 25. a. Eccl. xii c. 4. Reg. 25. c. 4 Reg. xv â— Gen. xiii â— 1. Reg 30. b. Iere. xii c. Iere. xâ—â— Iere. xxi a. xxxvii a. Iosu i. c. i. Mach. ii d Iere. xiiii a.
Meredachs sonne to shew gods iudgementes against the wicked for the deliueraunce of his church and how the prophecie of Ieremi was true that they should be deliuered after seuentie yeres (b) That is not alone as commonly he was wont but in a solemne banket whervnto he receaued all his nobles to accompanie him (c) Meaning his graundfather (d) That it might the better be seene (e) So he that before contemned God was moued by this sight to tremble for feare of gods iudgementes (f) This some thinke was his mother other his grauÌ„dmother of al likelyhod a woman of great age that could remember the actes of Daniel (g) Reade chap. 4. b. and this declareth both that this name was odious vnto him and also that he did not vse these vile practizes because he was not among them when all were called (h) Before he read the writing he declareth to the king his great ingratitude toward God who could not be moued to geue him his glorie considering his wonderfull worâ—â— toward his graundfather and so sheweth that â—e surneth not of ignoraunce but of 〈◊〉 “ Or Belsasâ—r (i) After that God had so long time differred his anger patiently wayted for thyne amendement (k) This worde is doubled not onely to exaggerate the certainetie of the matter but also as some thinke the one to signifie the ende of the king the other the ende of the kingdome (l) Cyrus his sonne in lawe gaue him this title of honour although Cyrus in effect had the dominion (a) Thus the wicked can not abide the graces of god in others but seeke by al occasions to deface them therefore against such assaultes there is no better remedie then to walke vprightly in the feare of God and to haue good conscience (b) Because he woulde not by his â—cilence shew that he consented to this wicked decree he set open his windowes toward Hierusalem when he prayed both to stirre vp him selfe with the remembraunce of gods promises to his people when they should pray toward that temple also that others might see that he woulde neuer consent in heart nor deede for these fewe dayes to any thing contrary to gods glory (c) Thus the wicked maintaine yâ— lawes by constancie aucthoritie â–ª which is oftimes eyther lightnes or stubbernes â–ª when as the innocentes thereby perishe and therfore gouernours ought neither to â—eare nor be ashamed to breake such d Myne vplightnes in this thing wherein I was charged was approued of God e For he did disobey the kinges wicked commauÌ„dement to obey God and so did no iniurie to y e king who ought to commaunde nothing wherby god should be dishonoured Because he committed himselfe wholy vnto God whose cause he did defend he was assured that nothing but good could come vnto him wherein we see the power of faith as Hebr. xi e. (g) A terible example against all that contrary to their conscience make cruel lawes to destroy gods children and also admonisheth princes how to punish such when their wickednes is come to light though not in euery poynt or with like circumstaunces yet to execute true iustice (a) Whereas the people of Israel loked for a continuall quietnes after these seuentie yeres as Ieremie had declared he sheweth that this rest should not be a deliueraunce from all troubles but a beginning and therefore moued them to loke for a continual affliction til y e Messias be vttered reuealed by whom they shoulde haue a spiritual deliueraunce and all the promises fulfilled â–ª whereof they should haue a certaine token in the destruction of the baâ—onical kingdome b Which signified that there shoulde be 〈◊〉 troubles and 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 (c) The beastes are kinges kingdomes or monarchies By the lion â–ª the kingdome of Babylon is vnderstanded which speedyly vanquished the nations adioyning but after his winges were pluckt and his kingdome taken away he returned to the condition of a man and no lion (d) The second monarchie of the Persians and Medes (e) The third monarchie of the Macedonians (f) That is his foure chiefe captaines which had the empire after his death deuided among them (g) That is the Romane empire which was as a monster â–ª â— coulde not be compared to any beast because the nature of none was able to expresse it (g) Which signifie ten kinges as verses 24. (h) That is God which was before all times (i) So was the maner in olde time of princes thrones to be made so that they might be moued and remoued the easelier (k) This is ment of the first comming of Christe when as the wyll of God was plainely reuealed by his gospell (l) Which is meÌ„t of Christ who had not yet taken vpon him mans nature neither was the sonne of Dauid according to the flesh as he was afterwarde but appeared then a figure and that in the cloudes (m) Meaning of the angels as verse x. (n) That is â–ª Gods elect people which in all hâ—uâ— kingdome and church to continue â— foreuer (o) That is the three other empires (p) That is to the church After the generall vision he coÌ„meth to certaine particular visions as touching the destruction of y e monarchie of the Persians and Macedonians for the ruine of the Babylonians was at hande and also he had sufficiently spoken thereof (b) Elam is Persia (c) That is the kingdome of the Persians Medes now ioyned together Meaning Cyrus who after grewe greater in power then Darius his vncle and father in lawe e No kinges or nations (f) Meaning Alexander that came with great expedition (g) Though he came in the name of all Grecia yet he bare the title and dignitie of the generall captaine oâ— that the strength was attributed to him which is ment by this horne (h) Alexander ouercame Darius in two battailes and so had the kingdomes of the Medes Persians i Alexanders great power was broken for when he had ouercome at the east he thought to returne toward Grecia to subdue them that were had rebelled and so dyed by the 〈◊〉 k For Casâ—der â—o Maced◠〈…〉 〈…〉 〈…〉 〈…〉 〈…〉 〈…〉 (q) That is God He laboured to abolishe gods religion and to cast downe his seruice (Å¿) This horne shall abolishe for a time the true doctrine and so corrupt gods seruice (t) One of the angels (u) That is a secrete one or a marueylous one whereby is vnderstanded Christe the reueaâ—er of all 〈◊〉 Euening and morning do signifie a naturall day that is 2300 â–ª dayes y That is Christe z That is betweene the bankes of the riuer Vlai This power to commaunde 〈◊〉 angel deâ—â—eth it was God (b) That is the vision shal be 〈◊〉 here after in time conuenient That is Antiochus who should be impudent shameles subtill and craftie That is not like Alexanders strength (e) Both the Gentiles that dwell about him and the Iewes (f) Meaning against God g God would destroy him with a notable plague 2. Mach 9 b Reade
plentie of all thinges so that when one kinde of fruite is ripe an other should folowe and euery one in course Leu. 26. (g) He meaneth that the plentie of gods gâ—tes shall not be comon and vsual but aboue al hope yea and aboue thordeâ— of nature as though the hilles shoulde melt flowe with wine and miâ—ke (a) That is reioyced and triumphed (b) That is at the length they shall vtterly perishe (c) Meanyng that God wyll rayse vp in his Church suche as shall rule gouerne for the defence of the same and destruction of his enemies vnder Messias (a) He prophesied vnder Ieroboam the second 2. Regum 14. It was the greatest citie of the Assirians scituate bâ— the ryuer Lâ—cus as 〈…〉 hauing â—mber a 〈…〉 and 〈◊〉 towers (c) It is a hauen towne in the which Peter lodged Act. 1â— (d) It is the name of a place lykely to be Cicilia for there was a great citie of that name where also Paul was borne (e) As the Leuites whiche minister to the Lorde are saide to stande before hym so they whiche forsake his commaundement are saide to flee before his presence It was the maner of the Gentiles to cast lottes and so to enqâ—irâ— the iudgment of Godâ— the Romanes deuided mo 〈…〉 (g) To serue the Lorde and call vpon hym as Dauid oftentimes in the psalmes maketh mention â–ª none other vowes (a) He afterwarde calleth it hell â–ª and the worde is taken often for the graue being come to him selfe â–ª he in great afflictioÌ„ called vpon the Lorde (b) All that is lying vanitie that a man inuenteth of him selfe to trust in (c) Iosephus in the ninth booke of antiquities saith he was cast out on the shore of the sea Euxinum which is not farre from Asia (a) In the Heliue it is a great citie to God but so the Hebrues call great and excellent thinges So the hill of god the Cedar of God for a great hill and â—e Cedar (b) God is â—de to repent when he doth those thinges that men do repenting c Of the euil that is â–ª oâ—â—e plague whâ—ch is euill to our selfe a though not in his owne nature (a) Because hereby he should be takeÌ„ as a false prophete â–ª and so the name of God which he preached should be blasphemed 4. Reg xv a ii Par 2â— a in Reg 16. a. 4 Reg 18. a. 4. Reg xv a ii Par 2â— a in Reg 16. a. 4. Reg 18. a. a Samaria and Hierusalem were the 〈◊〉 cities of tâ—e two kingdomes Idolatrie vsed in them â–ª sheweth â— generall corruption through all (b) Euil gotten euill spent (c) Names of cities that should be first annoyed by the enemies (d) The long continuaunce of an armie in one place is hurtfull (e) Make hasâ—e to slee away (f) It appeareth that this citie was one of the first which receiued the worshipping of the golden calues â—et vp by Ieroboam (g) A citie â—o named (h) Shauing and plucking of heere â–ª was vsed in time of mourning (a) The people toke vpon them to forâ—d the prophetes to preache and rebuke sinne (b) God threateneth he wyl sende no mo prophecies to preache â—nto them which is the greatest plague that can come to a nation (c) Taking vpon them the 〈…〉 and â—tending 〈…〉 â—pirite oâ— gâ—d Flattering them â–ª by promysing plenâ—iâ— and not reprouing their sinnes To make an vniuersall destruction Where was great plentie of sheepe by reason of the good postures To vieâ— downe 〈◊〉 waâ—es and gaâ—es â–ª t◠〈◊〉 them away captiues by heapes h â—s a prâ—soner or captâ—e i To stirre his wrathfull indignation 〈◊〉 the Iâ—raelites for theâ— obstinate wickednesse (a) False prophetes deuoured the substaunce of their folowers â–ª and make gaine of religion The knowledge which ye now pretende shal be knowen to be grosse ignoraunce (c) They shall couer their faces for shame (d) They fortifie and garnishe their citie with goods wrongfully gotten which here are called blood and iniquitie (a) When Christe shall come â—m â—ii d. (a) Both the prince and iudges for gaine peruert iustice and so the mightie and the riche escape vnpunished though they commit greeuous crimes Ier. ix a. Mach. x e. Deut. xiii b. xxxiii b Psal â—7 b. and 〈◊〉 b. Pâ—â— xvii a. 4. Reg. iâ— â— Amos ix c Thou shalt no more be subiect to the forrayne tirannie of the Babylonians (c) That the people may returne out of the captiuitie of Babylon and enioy the land of promise as they did before Exo. xiii a. Iob 3â— d. Gen. iii. â— Iere. ix d (a) The Niniuites were spared because they repented at the preaching of Ionas but afterwardes they returned to their forme wickednesse therfore god threateneth them by this prophete “ Or for him “ Or moreouer (a) That is the great calamitie which he prophecied to come on Iuda as a most greeuous burdeÌ„ whiche they were not able to beare “ Or â—kened Act. xâ—i ◠“ Or 〈…〉 (b) That is they them selues shal be your iudges in this cause and none shall haue auctoritie ouer them to controlle them Zoph iii. a. (c) For the Iewes most â—eared this winde because it destroyed their fruites (d) They shall cast vp mountes against it “ Chaunge their spirite Ier. xii a. Iob. xxi a. (e) That is the great deuour the smal (f) Meanig that the enemies flatter them selfes and glorie in their owne force power wit and practies “ Or deyntie “ Or empty (g) Meaning that they shoulde not Eâ—a xxi b. Or concerning my rebuke or check â–ª meaning such rebuke as the wicked obiâ—cted vnto him (a) Write it in great letters that he that runneth may reade it (b) To trust in him selfe or in any worldly thing is neuer to be quiet for the only rest is 〈◊〉 stay vpon god by fayth Ro. 1 b. Gal. 3. â— Heb. 10. c. Or fortifieth hym selfe as in a strong holde He compareth the proud and couetous man to a drunkard that is without reason sense whom God will punishe and make him a laughing stocke to all the worlde “ Or prime taunt “ Or haue no rest (d) Signifiing that al the world shall wiâ—he the destruction of tirauntes and that by their oppression and couetousnesse they heape but vpon theÌ„ selues more heauy burdeÌ„s for the more they gette the more are they troubled (e) That is the Medes and Persians that shoulde destroy the Babylonians “ Or troden vnder their feete “ Or wo vnto him that coueteth euyll gayne “ Or misfortune “ Or taken counâ—ell to the shame of thyne house (f) He sheweth what the â—one shal crie and what the wood shall aunswere “ Or stablisheth Or for the fâ—re That is God wil destroâ—th their laboures â—s though they were coâ—umed with fire In the destruction of the Babâ—lonians his glorie shal appeare through all the worlde Or thy bâ—ttle “ Or til thou slumber withall (i) By Libanus and the beastes therof he meaneth the land and
xxviii d Rom. ix f. Psal cxviii c Act. xiii â— Galath i. b. (a) Misterie â–ª is that secrete â—ydden purpose of saluation through Christe i. Cor. xv a. (b) The Church being gathered of so many kyndes of people is an example or a glasse for the Angels to beholde the wisdome of God in â–ª who hath tourned their particulâ—r discordes into an vniuersal concorde and of the sinagogue of bondage hath made the Churche of freedome ☞ () For the Lordes cause i. Cor. vii d. (a) So that ye can not dissent one froÌ„ another seing y e spirit which ioyneth you in one bodye can not dissent froÌ„ hym selfe Rom. xii b. ii Cor. xii a. Psal lxviii d Iohn iii. b. i Cor. xii d. Math. x. a. Luk. ix a. Coloss ii b. (b) Whereby they layâ— in wayte to deceaue Ephes i. d. Coloss i. c. (c) That is wherwith one ministreth to another Rom. i. d. i. Pet. iiii a. () The Greke worde doth signifie such as be obdurate in heart and hath not the feelyng of repentaunce (c) That is all the nâ—tuâ—â—l corruptâ—â— that 〈◊〉 in vs. Rom. vi a. Coloss iii. a. Leui. xix e. Psal iiii a. (d) If so be that ye be angry so moderate your affection that it bâ—râ—t not out into an euyll worke but be â—oone appealed (c) So to behaue your selues that the holye ghoste may wyllinglye dwell in you and geue hym no occasion to depart for sorowe â–ª by your abusyng of Gods graces ☞ i. Pet. ii d. Iohn xiii b. Galath ii d. Exo. xxiii b Galath v. d. i. Cor. vi b. Math. 24. a. Colosâ— ii b. Mark xiii a Luk. xxi b. Iohn xii e. â— Thesâ— v. a. (a) God thuâ— speaketh by his seruauÌ„ts to drawe the infidels from their blyndenesse Psalm â—3 â— Coloss â—â— c. Genes â—i d. i Cor. xi a. Ephe. i d. Genes â—i d. i Cor. xi a. Ephe. i d. (b) Baptism is a tokeÌ„ that God hath consecrated the Churche to hym selfe and made it how by his word that is his promise oâ— free iustificatioÌ„ in Christe Genes ii d. Math. xix a Mark x. a. i. Cor. vi d. Ephes v. g. Coloss iii. d. Exok xx b Deut. iii. b. ii Pâ—â— xix c. Act◠〈…〉 (a) The faith full haue not only to stryue agaynst men themselues but agaynste Satan the spiritual enemie who is moste daungerous for he is ouer our heads so y t we can not reache hym but he muste be resisted by Gods peace Luk. xii e. â— Pet. i. c. (b) That ye maye be redy to suffer all thynges for the Gospell Luk. xviii â— i. Thess v. d â–ª Coloss iiii â— Rom i. b. Coloss i a (a) That ye receaued the Gospell (b) Of this peculier benefite to suffer for Christes sake That is from the very heart â—oote of Iesus Christ (d) whiche I susteyne for Christes cause â— Cor v. a. Or bodie Ephe iiii â— (c) God sheweth by this meanes of bearyng y e crosse who are his and who are not () Or Christes cause (a) If you so loue me that you desire my comfort â–ª i Cor. x. f. (b) For he that was god shoulde therin haue done no iniurie to the Godhead â–ª Math. i. c. Rom. xiiii c Math. i. c. Rom. xiiii c (c) worship and be subiect to hym Actes ii f. Rom. xiiii b * Our health haÌ„geth not on our workes yet are they sayd to worke out their health who do runne in y e race of iustice For although we be saued freely in christ by fayth yet must we walk by the way of iustice vnto our health ii Cor i. c i Thes ii c. Actes xvi a i Thess iii. b Actes xvi a i Thess iii. b Rom. xv d. i Thess v. c. (a) whiche barke agaynst the true doctrine to fyll their bellyes (b) S. Paul here alludeth vnto circumcision by semblaunce of a lyke word because that theâ— who craked therof did rather cause a scisme diuision or cutting of and tearing in sunder theÌ„ an accorde in the Churche ii Cor. xi a. Act. xxiii b Mat. xiiii â— (c) Or haue nowe taken full possession therof not y t he doubted to attain vnto it but because he would declare the excellencie thereof i Cor. iiii c. Rom. â—vâ—â— i Co. xv g. â—uk x. c. Apo. xvii b (a) 〈…〉 his booke Ezekiel â—â—â—eth y t writing of the 〈◊〉 of Israel and the secrete of the Lorde (b) From Satan who â—â—â—eth to take from vs this peace of conscience (c) That I was not able to endure my pouertie i Tim. vi b. (d) When I first preached the Gospell vnto you Rom. xii c. Heb. xiii c. Galath i. a. Ephe. i. a. Philip. i. a. i Thess i a. Rom. i. b. Philip. i. a. Ephe. i. d. Philip. i. a. i Thess i a. Rom. i. b. Philip. i. a. Ephe. i. d. (a) For with out Christe there is no fayth to be saued by but only a vayne opinion Collos iiii c (b) Whiche commeth of y e holy ghost Ephe. i. d. Iohn xv c. Ephe. i. b. ii Cor. iiii â— Hebre. i. â— Ephe. i. b. i Cor. xv c. (c) That the Church whiche is his bodie myght receaue of his aboundaunce Rom. v. a. Ephe. ii a. a. () That is the mynde which part is y e principallest in man as wherof is deriued y e qualitie of our doynges bent geuen vnto wickednesse ii Cor i a. Ephe. iii. b. ii Cor i a. Ephe. iii. b. Ephe iii. b Mat xi d. (d) Whom he hath elected consecrated to him by Christ Ephe. v. a. (a) Teaching you vayne speculations as worshippyng of Angels of blynde ceremonies beggarlie traditions for nowe they haue no vse seyng Christe is come Rom. ii d. Ephe. ii c. Collos b. Rom. vi a. Galath iii. d (b) In beleuyng y e God by his power raysed vp Christ wherof we haue a sure token in our baptisme â–ª Gen. iii. c. Luk. xi c. Iohn xii c. Hebr. vii a. (c) Meaning that the hypocrites led theÌ„ at their pleasure into all superstition and errour Galat. iiii b. ☞ Ephe. i. d. Hebre i. a. (a) Which either serue but for a tyme or els are inuented by men Ephe. ii a. Rom. vi a. Ephe. iiii c. Galath vi d (b) He sheweth what fruites are in them that are dead to the worlde and are rysen agayne with Christe Mat. xxi â— Psal 33 a. Ephe. v. d. i Cor. x. g. Ephe. v. c. i Pet. iii. a. Ephe. vi a. (c) By to much rigour Ephe. vi a. Titus ii c. i Pet. ii d. ii Pat. xix c Actes x. c. Eccle. 35 b. Rom. ii b. Coloss iii. c. Ephe. vi a. Ephe vi c. Ephe vi c. i Thess vi c (a) That I may freely preache the Gospell Act. xxviâ— a â— Tim. iiii b Act. xxviâ— a â— Tim. iiii b (b) In preachyng the Gospell ii Tim. iiii e (a) For there is no Church which is not ioyned together in God Rom. i. a. i Cor. i. a. i. Cor. i. a. Galath
steade y e way to y e heauenly tabernacle whiche is made open by Christs blood coulde not be entred into Hebr. vi d. i. Pet. i. b. Leui. xvi c. (a) The Leuitical priests offred beastes blood But Christ y e true and eternall prieste offred his own blood whiche was most holy and pure The Leuitical prieste offred yerely and therefore did only represent the true holynesse but Christ by one onlye sacrifice hath made holy for euer theÌ„ that beleue i. Tim. ii a. Exâ—d 24 â— Actes xvi c i. Iohn ii â— (b) Therfore to make anye other offryng or sacrifice for synne after that Christes body was once offred is blasphemie Rom. v. b. i. Pet. iii. d â–ª Coloss ii c. Hebr. viii a. (a) Whiche was as it wer y e first draught and purtraict of the lyuely paterne to come Leuit. xvi c Psal xâ— b. (b) That is sâ—â—rifices (c) Which is the wyll of God to stand content with Christes â—acriâ—ice Ephe. i. d. Coloss vi a. Hebre. i. a. (d) We by Christe haue that libertie whiche the auncient fathers coulde not haue by the lawe (e) The blood of Christe as always freshe and lyuely before the father to sprinckle quicken vs. Math. xii d. Hebr. vi a. ii Pet. ii d. Deut. xix d Mat xviii â— ii Cor. xiii a Deut. 32 d. Psal xciiii a Rom. xii d. Abacuc ii a Rom. i. a. Galat. iii. b. (a) Haue ben approued and so obtayned saluation Act. xiii c. Rom. i. c. Gene. iiii a. (b) Because God receaued him to mercy therfore he imputed hym ryghteous Gene. v g. Sâ—p iiii b. Eccl. xliiii b Gene. vi d. Math. xii d. Gene xi a. Actes vii a. Gene. xxi a Gene. xv â— Iob. viii g. Gen. xlvii b i. Pa. xxix d Exod. iii. f. Gen. xii a. Eccles 44. c (c) For it myght seeme to the fleshe â–ª that the promyse was contrary to the commaundement to sacrifice his son Ge. xxvii d. Gen. xlix â— Gene. â— d. Exod ii a. Actes vii a. Exod. ii b. Exod. xii d. Exod. 14. c. Iosue vi c. Iosue ii a. Iudi. vii a. Iudi. iiii d. Iudi. xiiii a. Iudi. xi a. i Reg. 17. f. Iudi. vii a. Iudi. iiii d. Iudi. xiiii a. Iudi. xi a. i Reg. 17. f. Iudi. vii a. Iudi. iiii d. Iudi. xiiii a. Iudi. xi a. i Reg. 17. f. Iudi. vii a. Iudi. iiii d. Iudi. xiiii a. Iudi. xi a. i Reg. 17. f. Iudi. vii a. Iudi. iiii d. Iudi. xiiii a. Iudi. xi a. i Reg. 17. f. i Reg. xii a i Reâ— 17 â— Daniel vi f Danâ—el iii e Daniel ii c. i Reg. xii a i Reâ— 17 â— Daniel vi f Danâ—el iii e Daniel ii c. i Reg. xii a i Reâ— 17 â— Daniel vi f Danâ—el iii e Daniel ii c. i Reg. xii a i Reâ— 17 â— Daniel vi f Danâ—el iii e Daniel ii c. 3 Reg. 19 a. 3 Reg. 21 b. Esai 38. b. (d) They had not such cleare lyght as we for they loked for that which we haue therfore it were shame for vs yf at least we haue not as great constancie as they Ephe. iiii a. (a) As riches cares suche lyke and so to become Christes disciples by denying our selues takyng our crosse to folowe hym Ephe. i. d. Coloss iii. a. Hebr. i. a. Esaias 35. â— (b) Their hastyng partlye declared their slownes partly their inconstancie in doctrine therfore they were in bondage to be punished Gen. xxv d Gen. 27. f. Exod. xix b (c) whiche might be touched seene for it was materiall but god coÌ„maunded that none should touche it Exod. xx e (d) By the Gospell we are ioyned with the Angels and Patriarkes 1 Peter i. a. Hebre. ix d. Cen. iiii b. Deut. iiii d· (e) To destroy theÌ„ that resist hym Rom. xii c. Actes x. c. i Pet iiii b. i Tim. iiii b. Gen. xix a. Eccle. 29 â— i Tim vi b. Iosue i. â— Eccle. 29 â— i Tim vi b. Iosue i. â— He was 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 found 〈◊〉 of Churchâ— for euer (b) They that sticke to the ceremonies of the law can not eate that is can not be partakers of our cuâ—ter which is thankesgeuyng and liberalitie whiche two sacrifices or offeringes are nowe only left to the Christians (c) So that the priestes had no peece therof Eccle 35 a. Acte x. a. Rom xi a. Philip iiii d Ezech. 34. b Iosue x. a. i Peter v. a. Iob xiii a. Sapâ— iii. a. Rom. v â— Iob. xviii c. Eccle. vii c. Math. xii a. Luk. xi b. 〈…〉 of Christe and his Angels 〈…〉 Eccle 14. b. â— Pâ—â— (b) He meaneth nowe of the inwarde temptations as of our disordered appetites which cause vs to sinne (c) Seyng all good thynges come of God we ought not to make hym the aucthour of euyll Iohn i. a. Rom xlâ—â— Coloss 〈…〉 Rom. iiâ— Math. v. d Luk. xi â— â–ª (d) So Gods worde is a glasse wherin we must beholde our selues and become lyke vnto hym Math. vii d. (a) As esteemyng fayth religion by the outwarde appearaunce of men (b) The name of God and Christe wherof you make profession and in that they dishonour God â–ª it is not inâ—eâ—e that you his childreÌ„ should honour them Math â— (c) By the mercie of god which deliuereth vs from the curse of the lawe (d) Here deedes are considered as ioyned with true fayth Gen. xxii b Gen. xv b. Rom. iiii a. Galat. iii. a. Iosue ii a. Mat xxiii f Pro. xvii a. (a) He that is able to moderate his tongue hath â—ttayned to â—n excellent vertue (b) The intemperancie of the tongue is a flambe of hell fyre Gen. i. d. (a) For the lawe of the members continually fyghteth agaynst the lawe of the mynde (b) He calleth adulterers here after the maner of the scriptures them which preferre the pleaâ—ures of the worlde to the loue of God (c) The imagination of mans heart is wicked i Peter v. b. i Peter v. a. Rom. xiiii a (d) We ought to submit our selues to the prouidence of God Act. xvii â— Hebr. vâ— Luk xii â— â–ª (b) And kindle the wrath of god against you To 〈…〉 the ende 〈◊〉 worlde Leuit. xix â— Math. v. a. Math. v â–ª â— (d) That which muste be affirmed affirme it simply and without othes lykewyse that which muste be denyed By this he taketh not from the magistrate his aucthoritie who may require an othe for the mayntenaunce of iustice iudgement and trueth 3 Reg. 17. a. Luk. iiii c. Act â–ª viii a. (a) Whiche â—ere Iewes to whom he was appoynted to be an Apostle (b) The free electioÌ„ of go◠〈◊〉 the efficient cause of our saluation the material cause is Christes obedience ouâ— effectuall callyng is the formall cause â–ª and the finall cause is ouâ— sanctification Rom. i. a. i Cor. i. a. ii Cor. i. a· Galath i. a. ii Cor. i. a. Ephe. i. a. Rom. i. a. i Cor. i. a. ii Cor. i. a· Galath i. a. ii
1 Iob declareth how the prosperitie of the wicked maketh them proude 15 insomuch that they blaspheme God 16 Their destruction is at hande 23 None ought to be iudged wicked for affliction neither good for prosperitie 1 IOb aunswered and saide 2 O heare diligently my wordes and that shal be in steede of your consolations 3 Suffer me that I may speake and when I haue spoken mocke on 4 Is it for mans sake that I make this disputation Which if it were so shoulde not my spirite then be in sore trouble 5 Marke me well and be abashed and lay your hande vpon your mouth 6 For when I consider my selfe I am afrayde and my fleshe is smitten with feare 7 Wherefore do wicked men liue come to their olde age and increase in richesse 8 Their children lyue in their sight and their generation before their eyes 9 Their houses are safe from all feare and the rod of God is not vpon them 10 Their bullocke gendreth and that not out of time their cowe calueth and is not vnfruitfull 11 They sende foorth their children by flockes their sonnes leade the daunce 12 They beare with them tabrets and harpes and reioyce in the sounde of the organs 13 They spend their dayes in wealthines but sodainely they go downe to the graue 14 They say also vnto God Go from vs we desire not the knowledge of thy wayes 15 Who is the almightie that we should serue him And what profite should we haue if we should pray vnto him 16 Lo there is vtterly no goodnesse in their hande therefore wyll I not haue to do with the counsaile of the vngodly 17 How oft shall the candell of the wicked be put out and their destruction come vpon them O what sorowe shall God geue them for their part in his wrath 18 Yea they shal be euen as hay before the winde and as chaffe that the storme carieth away 19 God wyll lay vp the sorowe of the father for his children when he rewardeth him he shall know it 20 Their owne miserie shal they see with their eyes and drinke of the fearefull wrath of the almightie 21 For what careth he for his house after his death when the number of his monethes is cut short 22 Seeing God hath the highest power of all who can teache him any knowledge 23 One dyeth in his full strength being in all ease and prosperitie 24 His breastes are full of milke and his bones runne full of marowe 25 Another dyeth in the bitternes of his soule and neuer eateth with pleasure 26 They shall sleepe both alyke in the earth and the wormes shall couer them 27 Beholde I know what ye thinke yea and the subtiltie that ye imagine against me 28 For ye say where is the princes palace and where is the dwelling of the vngodly 29 Haue ye not asked them that go by the way Doubtlesse ye cannot denie their tokens 30 That the wicked is kept vnto the day of destruction and the vngodly shal be brought foorth to the day of wrath 31 Who dare declare his way to his face who wil rewarde him for that he doth 32 Yet shall he be brought to his graue and dwell among the heape of the dead 33 Then shal the slymie valley be sweet vnto him all men also must folowe him as there are innumerable gone before him 34 Howe vayne then is the comfort that ye geue me seyng falshood remayneth in all your aunsweres The .xxii. Chapter 2 Eliphas affirmeth that Iob is punished for his sinnes 6 He accuseth him of vnmercifulnesse 13 and that he denied gods prouidence 21 He exhorteth hym to repentaunce 1 SO Eliphas the Themanite gaue aunswere and sayde 2 May a man be profitable vnto God as he that is wise may be profitable vnto him selfe 3 Is it any aduauntage to the almightie that thou art righteous or shall it profite him that thou makest thy wayes perfect 4 Is he afrayde to reproue thee and to step foorth with thee into iudgement 5 Is not thy wickednesse great and thy vngratious deedes innumerable 6 For thou hast taken the pledge from thy brother for naught and robbed the naked of their clothing 7 To such as were weery hast thou geuen no water to drinke hast withdrawen bread from the hungrie 8 But the mightie man had the earth and he that was in auctoritie dwelt in it 9 Thou hast sent wydowes away emptie and the armes of the fatherlesse were broken 10 Therefore art thou compassed about with snares sodenly vexed with feare 11 Shouldest thou then see no darknesse shoulde not the water studde run ouer thee 12 Is not God on high in the heauen beholde the heyght of the starres how hie they are 13 Wilt thou therfore say Tushe howe should God know can he iudge through the darke cloude 14 Tushe the cloudes couer him that he may not see and he walketh on the top of heauen 15 Hast thou marked the way of the world wherin wicked men haue walked 16 Whiche were cut downe out of time and whose foundation was as an ouerflowing ryuer 17 Whiche sayd vnto God Go from vs and asked what the almightie coulde do for them 18 He filled their houses with good things but the counsell of the vngodly be farre from me 19 The righteous sawe it and were glad and the innocent laughed them to scorne 20 Is our substaunce hewen downe As for the remnaunt of them the fire hath consumed 21 Therefore reconcile thee vnto God and be at peace so shall all thinges prospere with thee right well 22 Receaue I pray thee the lawe at his mouth and lay vp his wordes in thyne heart 23 For if thou wilt turne to the almightie thou shalt be buyld vp and put all vnrighteousnes from thy dwelling 24 Thou shalt lay vp golde as plentyful as the dust and the golde of Ophir as the flyntes of the riuers 25 Yea almightie God his owne selfe shal be be thy defence and thou shalt haue plentie of siluer 26 Then shalt thou haue thy delite in the almightie and lift vp thy face vnto God 27 Then shalt thou make thy prayer vnto him and he shall heare thee and thou shalt kepe thy promises 28 Thou shalt also decree a thing and he shall establishe it vnto thee and the light shall shine in thy wayes 29 When the wicked be cast downe thou shalt say I am lifted vp and God shall saue the humble person 30 The innocent shal deliuer the Ilande it shal be preserued by the purenesse of thyne handes The .xxiii. Chapter 2 Iob affirmeth that he both knoweth and feareth the power and sentence of the iudge 10 and that he is not punished only for his sinnes 1 IOb aunswered said 2 Though my talke be this day in bitternesse and my plague greater then my groning 3 O that
dead without children (d) Dissimulation to kepe his credite honestie amoÌ„g men is not alowed (e) The father layeth the fault where it was not “ The dore of eyes (f) Wicked meanes are not to be practised though wrong be done to vs. (g) His widdowhead can not excuse this horrible crime (h) Some thynke the worde to signifie a coueryng of the head (i) Thus the adulterers blyndly spoyle them selues of that they haue (k) This is not true frendship to be a minister of mischiefe (m) The â—ebrue worde signifieth sanctified or prepared For that such a one is nothyng lesse theÌ„ holy or redy for all men (n) He careth more for his outwarde fame then that he displeased God or lost his goodes (o) This was the punishement for adulterie in that countrey then (p) He is remisse in the punishment towarde hym selfe though he acknowelege his fault no man now calleth for punishment (q) Of incestious abuse coÌ„meth monstrous birthes ☞ (a) Men are neuer luckie in dede but when God is with them For the felicitie of the wicked is cursed (b) Yet he woulde not yelde him selfe to serue that God (c) So happy a thing it is to receaue the elect of God (d) That is he toke no accompt of him but made merry (e) The deuyll of Gods gyftes wyll make snares either to ouercome men or vexe them (f) The more benefite the godly receaue the lesse wyll they vse deceipt (g) Adulterie and vnthankfulnesse two great sinnes before God (h) The feare of God is of great force to ouercome this temptation (i) The godly auoydeth the occasion of sinne (k) He aduentureth his fame rather then he would sinne though secretely (l) Here it appeareth what beastly affections â–ª luste draweth after her (m) He gaue to much credite to his wyfe so for his labour he nourished at home a harlot (n) His ielousie made hym heare but one part and condempne before iuste examination (o) The Hebrue worde signifieth a rounde prison as the moone (p) God helpeth vs in a iuste cause for his owne mercie sake (q) Gods mercie appeareth in molifiyng the sturdy heartes of prison kepers “ VVordes (a) These were two noble men that were chiefe in these offices (b) Iosephes maister belike after better aduisement was reconciled to hym (c) Prisoners are not lightly to be loked vppon and considered (d) Astrologers and witches are condempned (e) Some thinke that the kyng proued this way what maner wyne shoulde be that yere (f) That is signifie â–ª such maner speaches are often in Moyses in the next chapter and otherwhere “ Or number (g) That is take thee out of prison (h) It was not vnlawful for his paines to desire this kyndenesse agayne (i) They that imbrace gods worde but for lucres sake are afterward heauie and sad “ Or full of holes (k) Teachers must speake as God hath reuealed both sowre sweet thynges and that boldely “ Or recken (l) Thus Ioseph was proued a true prophete of God as it is Hâ—e xxviii (m) Vnthankfulnesse in a courtiour (n) God would haue his deliuerie to be knowen to be his gift (a) Ioseph hoped well to haue ben soner deliuered but God wyl haue no tyme prescribed (b) Though the spirituall doctrine of lyfe be the proper treasure of the Church yet some teaching there is common to the vngodlye (c) He was worthye to be ingnoraunt who knowing his dreame to be of God sought so vaine scholemaisters (d) This had ben thanke worthie yf it had not ben for feare another shoulde haue tolde it (e) WhoÌ„ men contempne in prosperitie hym they are glad to heare in aduersitie “ Or without me (f) He geueth all the glorie to God yet denyeth not his ministerie “ Or so leaâ—e “ Come into the inwarde parts of them “ Or small (g) In signification and meanyng (h) God doth not only foresee thynges to come but also doth rule the same thus Ioseph would begyn to teach Pharao some godlynesse (i) Lest Pharao shoulde thinke any thyng of his idols or that God is only a beholder of the worlde and not a doer (k) God is merciful euer euen in his punishmentes (l) We are very negligeÌ„t in gods iudgementes yf we remember not that the tyme is at hande (m) Gods true prophetes tell remedies for the punishmentes that God wyll sende “ Visitours or ouerseers (n) For in plentie there is much spoile and waste and Gods blessinges are abused (o) Suche gyftes of God ought to be loked for in them y t should be placed in office (p) Though he speake of God prayse his gyftes yet he yeldeth not hym selfe to hym altogether “ Armed or fedde (q) In such pompes pride vanitie must be avoyded For the godly may vse such honor though he gredelye seke not after them “ The seconde (r) This word Abrech semeth rather to be an Egyptian word then an Hebrue it is as much also in Hebrue as bowe y e knee (Å¿) As yf he saide as true as I am king or by my maiestie (t) That is do no publike duetie “ A man to whom secretes are reuealed (v) Beyng in a straunge land farre of he coulde not haue a wyfe from his owne kinrede “ Or Prince (x) So God gaue hym speciall grace to beare 13. yeres seruitude and that he a youÌ„g man shoulde rule without great enuie (y) He toke great paynes in his office hym selfe wheÌ„ he might haue done it by other (z) A singuler care of the coÌ„mon wealth and very brotherlye diligence appeareth in Ioseph (aa) She was not his olde maisters daughter as the writyng of the names in Hebrue also declare “ That is forgetfulnesse “ That is increasinges (bb) This thankfulnesse towards god he testifieth by his sonnes names (cc) The Prince should be as a coÌ„mon nurse of his people “ Breakyng (a) Moyses ioyneth together Iosephes honour his fidelitie in doing his duetie (b) Men not knowyng fulfyl the prophecies of God Gen. xxxvii (c) This dissimulation we must not take for an example (d) Not of anger nor of mynde to reuenge but for their trial and repentaunce (e) The Egyptians commonlye called y e Philistines theeues for they liued much by spoyle and warre “ The secretes of the lande “ Are true (f) Great men thinke it sufficient for theÌ„ to affirme a thyng without addyng any reason (g) Because of the absence of two of the brethren it was suspicious (h) It was heard in so corrupt a court and countrey to be altogether vndefiled (i) Custome maketh small faultes not to be thought vpon (k) The feare of God is the begynnyng of a faythful and sincere dealing (m) Affliction brought them to the conscience of their sinne done 1â— yeres before (n) Sinne is the cause of affliction (o) This was not of malice but because he woulde be surely certified of y e state of his fathers house and of Beniamin (p) The Hebrue worde signifieth a
place where one abideth all nyght “ VVent foorth (q) He that hath coÌ„science of sinne seeth that affliction commeth from God (r) They tell here no more theÌ„ they thought made for their owne honestie and fame (Å¿) Ioseph meant not to grieue his father yet so wyse mens dedes ende otherwise then they minded (t) He was also tempted with the decay of Gods promise whiche shoulde continue in his seede that nowe dayly decayed (v) Not that he thought his father myght do so lawfully but that he would take away his fathers suspicion (x) Affection blyndeth him that he yet seeth not wheâ— is best to be done (a) This was in y e ende of the seconde yere of dearth (b) Moyses leaueth out much perticuler talke that Ioseph had (c) Meanyng though they hated their brother yet they shoulde haue pitied hym “ Of vs. “ Mouth “ Or chydren (d) He would purge himselfe and his brethren of the suspition their father had of them and doth not warrant hym selfe of the successe “ Of the prayse of the lande (e) This thing had proued well with hym before Gen. xxxii (f) Wisdome and equitie in Iacob (g) Iacob doth al things necessarie yet resteth vppon God only in a matter betwixt man and man “ Eate (h) An euyll conscience taketh all thynges suspiciouslye “ Tumble or rolle him selfe vpon vs. (i) They woulde shewe them selues innocent before they be accused (k) Ioseph instructed his owne familie in the knoweledge of God though he coulde not refourme the whole realme “ Peace (l) Thus they fulfyll Iosephes dreame which they mocke before (m) He consideryng the troubles of his father the sorowes of his mother and his owne seruitude about the tyme of Beniamins byrth spake thus “ Bowels (n) Superstition hath pride and outwarde cleanenesse folowing her with contempt of the trueth (o) The cause Moyses sheweth in the xlvi Chapter “ Man to his felowe (p) The order of their sitting caused them to maruayle “ Dronke (a) Simplicitie in dealyng is coÌ„maunded to euery man there such examples are not to be folowed whiche were done vppon some singuler motion of God “ In the which be prophecieth (b) He went not to the cuniurers for any matter but this is sayde by dissimulatioÌ„ to increase the crime (c) A good coÌ„science maketh theÌ„ bolde to excuse them selues (d) Men should be discrete wyse in defendyng their innocencie (e) This seruaunt was as cloase a dissembler as his maister “ Or do prophecie (f) Though he dyd not the thyng he shoulde not haue nourished the opinion that he so dyd “ Iustifie (g) Men in trouble without any cause knoweÌ„ ought to thynke on the secrete iudgementes of God (h) Iuda knowe the maner of men in auctorite to be loth to be spoken vnto familierlye “ As thou as Pharao (i) A wyse and vehement oration (k) As if he had ben the cause that Bâ—niamin came in to Egypt and therfore shuld be mercyfull (l) 〈…〉 lye theâ— hâ—d mâ—de 〈◊〉 of 〈…〉 So wickednesse will bewraye it selfe (m) That is whoÌ„ he loueth as his lyfe “ Tied vnto “ Or Shall sinne or he giltie of sinne (n) A token of godlynesse not to feare the blame of breakyng promise and fidelitie (o) Chyldren shoulde procure the long lyfe of their parentes (a) He would not haue the shame of their wickednesse spread abroad (b) This is not to be reprehended for the godlye haue not stony heartes (c) But a good conscience in all sodayne cases maketh men stout (d) He doth not onlye forgeue their sinne but also couereth their shame “ Or Remnaunt (e) Though God vse the wicked and turne their doynges to his purpose yet they are not excusable for their mischeuous intent (f) He doth not bragge of his glory but woulde 〈◊〉 his father by thâ—s worke of God (g) It was called afterwarde Thebaâ—da “ Goshen (h) The godly may auoyde pouertie by honest meanes (i) He spake vnto them in the Hebrewe tounge (k) The loue of brethren (l) It was a token of full reconciliation betwixt them (m) This was Gods singuler worke for the Egyptians coulde not abyde the Hebrewes (n) The kâ—nges chareties serueth the Churche of God “ Let not your eyes spare your vesselles “ Mouth (o) These were manifest tokens of his good wyl and argumentes to perswade that their report message was true (p) In common faultes when euerye man woulde excuse hym selfe there ariseth contention “ VVas loosed (q) The auctours of lyes are scarce beleued when they tell trueth (r) His loue was not decayed by space of tyme. (a) In the begynnyng of his iourney he calleth vppon God and protesteth not to leaue this fayth though he left his countrey (b) For the lande of Chanaan was as a pledge of Gods spirituall benediction therfore he was loth to leaue it (c) God woulde not haue him trust to the prouision of Ioseph or any other (d) The godlye forsake not their owne goodes rashlye to lyue vppon other mens idelly ☞ (e) He is not named in the looke of Nu. and Chro because he dyed without isshewe Nu. vi i. Chro. iiii Gen. 38. “ Chotsron “ Or Persons (f) Iacob must be counted as one of this number for he was the begynnyng head of the reste (g) Num. 26. He is named Asm (h) He semeth to haue left no familie after hym Nu. 26. (i) She is so speciallye called because he serued for her woulde haue maryed none other but that he was beguiled “ Menashsheth ☜ (k) It was of Gods special grace that in fewe yeres so smal a number grewe to such a multitude as came out of Egypt “ Or To prepare for hym in Gosen (l) His dignitie letteth him not froÌ„ doyng his duetie to his father (m) He wyll do nothyng as of priuate affectioÌ„ though his auctoritie was great (n) Ioseph is not ashamed of the basenes of his kinrede (o) This pryde of the enemie made for the better vnityng of the Churche and other commodities “ Of the extreme partes (a) A fitte question for a magistrate to aske (b) The godlye are not ashamed of the basenesse of their occupation so it be lawfull (c) It was in the confines of the lande of Chanaan and 〈…〉 and in the extreme partes of Egypt (d) That is wisheth hym health from God with thankes for his benefites “ The dayes of the yeres of thy lyfe (e) He doth not complaine of his dayes but prayseth God for his goodnes towardes his fathers (f) Whiche was a citie of Gosen (g) That is he prouided for them all from the least to the most (g) God prouideth for his when moste fruitfull lands want (h) The kinges money and treasure is sincerelye handled (i) Ioseph is not to be condempned of crueltie for he was but another mans officer herein and they had to paye (k) God punished the delicate pryde of this people by this extreme hunger (l) This was a token